Compare commits

..

279 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Alessio Gravili
8fe8edc014 ci: use node 23.6.1 2025-01-30 12:27:04 -07:00
Jacob Fletcher
2b9ee62fc0 chore(examples): misc improvements to the draft preview example (#10876)
There were a number of things wrong or could have been improved with the
[Draft Preview
Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/draft-preview),
namely:

- The package.json was missing `"type": "modue"` which would throw ESM
related import errors on startup
- The preview secret was missing entirely, with pointless logic was
written to throw an error if it missing in the search params as opposed
to not matching the environment secret
- The `/next/exit-preview` route was duplicated twice
- The preview endpoint was unnecessarily querying the database for a
matching document as opposed to letting the underlying page itself 404
as needed, and it was also throwing an inaccurate error message

Some less critical changes were:
- The page query was missing the `depth` and `limit` parameters which is
best practice to optimize performance
- The logic to format search params in the preview URL was unnecessarily
complex
- Utilities like `generatePreviewPath` and `getGlobals` were
unnecessarily obfuscating simple functions
- The `/preview` and `/exit-preview` routes were unecessarily nested
within a `/next` page segment
- Payload types weren't aliased
2025-01-29 23:14:08 -05:00
Pavel B.
8f27f85023 docs: fix typo on overview.mdx (#10877)
Remove repeated `developers` word.

### What?
There was a typo on the plugins overview page, where `developers
developers` was used twice in a row. Mb that was a quote from Steve
Balmer idk.

### Why?
Docs should be pristine.

### How?
Removed the word.
2025-01-29 19:20:17 -07:00
Jacob Fletcher
d7c3b4e17a docs: admin preview and draft preview (#10875)
Thoroughly documents the `admin.preview` feature. Previously, this
information was briefly mentioned in two distinct places, within the
collections config and again within the globals config. This led to
discrepancies over time and was inadequate at describing this feature,
such as having a lack of concrete code examples especially as it relates
to _draft preview_. There has also been confusion between this and Live
Preview.

Now, there is a dedicated page at `/admin/preview` which centralizes
this information into a single document. It also specifically documents
how to achieve _draft preview_ and includes code snippets. This way, we
no longer have to rely solely on the [Draft Preview
Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/draft-preview)
for this.

Related: #10798
2025-01-29 18:17:23 -05:00
Amelia
7d429f8b65 feat: adds auto resize feature to textarea (#10786)
This PR introduces an auto resize feature for the `textarea` field. 
By default Payload `textarea` field will dynamically [adjust its height
based on its
content](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10786#discussion_r1928961885).

---------

Co-authored-by: Germán Jabloñski <43938777+GermanJablo@users.noreply.github.com>
2025-01-29 21:40:39 +00:00
Robert Clancy (Robbo)
9638dbe52b fix(plugin-multi-tenant): fixed hardcoded user tenants field (#10782)
### What?
When using custom slugs and field names the tenancy field added to the
users would still attempt to use `tenants` and fail.

### Why?
The tenant/tenancy are hardcoded in `tenantsArrayField()`

### How?
Added the same args that are used in `tenantsField()` for the field
names and relation.
2025-01-29 13:27:00 -05:00
Sasha
2f66bdc2dc fix(ui): create-first-user crashes when users collection has join field (#10871)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10870
Now we hide join fields from the `/create-first-user` view since they're
not meaningful there.
2025-01-29 19:52:22 +02:00
Elliot DeNolf
5bd17cc111 chore(release): v3.20.0 [skip ci] 2025-01-29 10:41:55 -05:00
Germán Jabloñski
0e5ff246b2 fix(richtext-lexical): preserve selection in Firefox when using LexicalMenu (#10867)
Fixes #10724

The selection is never touched in an `editor.read`, but BEFORE starting
an `editor.update` it is synced with `window.selection`. Firefox for
some reason loses the editor selection, so on the next update the
selection is null.

For reference, there was a brief discussion on the Lexical Discord
server:
https://discord.com/channels/953974421008293909/1333916489870348309
2025-01-29 15:18:24 +00:00
Sasha
3094c92ef3 templates: fix compatibility with pnpm 10 (#10830)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10813
In pnpm 10 (which isn't "latest" yet), according to the [list of
breaking changes](https://github.com/orgs/pnpm/discussions/8945):
> Lifecycle scripts of dependencies are not executed during installation
by default! This is a breaking change aimed at increasing security. In
order to allow lifecycle scripts of specific dependencies, they should
be listed in the pnpm.onlyBuiltDependencies field of package.json

The sharp package uses a script to install native binaries and so our
templates don't run out of the box with pnpm 10.
2025-01-29 15:58:10 +02:00
Elliot DeNolf
c08f012211 chore(cpa): re-pin template versions (#10857)
Pin create-payload-app to pull latest release versions of templates.
2025-01-29 08:55:29 -05:00
Seno
a47139acfa docs: add missing full stop, fix SlateNodeConverter import (#10860)
- Adding full stop to match other words
- In `@payloadcms/richtext-lexical` – `v3.19.0` SlateNodeConverter is
not imported from `@payloadcms/richtext-lexical/migrate` but rather from
`@payloadcms/richtext-lexical`
2025-01-28 22:07:49 -07:00
Alessio Gravili
219a369603 templates: fix website template not building (#10858)
After our 3.20.0 release, we can remove the `as any` assertion again.

Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10840
2025-01-29 04:39:26 +00:00
Germán Jabloñski
c75c6ce6c9 chore(templates): update missing changes in vercel website template (#10827)
This PR migrates some changes that had been made to the website template
and had not been ported to the website template with vercel.

Ideally, so that this does not happen again in the future and we do not
have to do this manually, we could have a script in CI.
2025-01-29 03:39:47 +00:00
Germán Jabloñski
52f86c7780 chore(templates): fix eslint errors in vercel templates (#10768) 2025-01-29 03:14:41 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
c562fbfa94 feat(ui): allows customizing version diff components, render versions ui on the server (#10815)
This PR moves the logic for rendering diff field components in the
version comparison view from the client to the server.

This allows us to expose more customization options to the server-side
Payload Config. For example, users can now pass their own diff
components for fields - even including RSCs.

This PR also cleans up the version view types

Implements the following from
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/4197:
- allow for customization of diff components
- more control over versions screens in general

TODO:
- [x] Bring getFieldPaths fixes into core
- [x] Cleanup and test with scrutiny. Ensure all field types display
their diffs correctly
- [x] Review public API for overriding field types, add docs
- [x] Add e2e test for new public API
2025-01-28 22:17:24 +00:00
Tsemach Hadad
33ac13df28 feat(ui): toggle showing only modified fields in version diff view (#10807)
## Description

As an author reviewing the versions I have for a document , I would like
to the ability to focus only on the differences I made and not see the
entire document.
[Screencast from 2024-09-05
16-38-40.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/25d44a51-bcac-47d5-a2ec-cadae4d108d4)

A checkbox was added to the Version View allowing user to decide if
he/she wants to see only modified fields or the entire documents.
#7981 - mention this feature and also in discord

- [v] I have read and understand the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository.

## Type of change

<!-- Please delete options that are not relevant. -->

- [v] New feature (non-breaking change which adds functionality)

## Checklist:

- [  ] Existing test suite passes locally with my changes
(Actually it's stuck on S3 upload test , note related to my code)

One lat question - should we really translate text for all locales ? or
we can leave it undefined for now ?(besides english)

---------

Co-authored-by: Dan Ribbens <dan.ribbens@gmail.com>
2025-01-28 21:36:07 +00:00
Patrik
989140b992 fix(ui): adds title attribute to Logout button for tooltip (#10851)
Native tooltip was missing from the `Logout` button because it was
missing the `title` attribute.

Adds `title` attribute to the `Logout` button to display native tooltip.

![Screenshot 2025-01-28 at 2 11
07 PM](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/01f42877-8e01-4cd2-a064-e6c6eb77f216)

Fixes #10773
2025-01-28 14:36:09 -05:00
Said Akhrarov
8a6d995425 fix(ui): correctly reset blocksDrawer search state after close (#10847)
### What?
This PR fixes an issue where after closing the `BlocksDrawer` component
after performing a search, stale `Blocks` were shown the next time it
was open.

### Why?
To properly show all blocks when the `BlocksDrawer` is open after being
closed with a filtered search.

### How?
The `BlocksDrawer` was simply checking the existence of the
`isModalOpen` function instead of calling it as expected.

Fixes #10843

Before:

https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/5f41012d-ca84-41b4-9861-d5e0cb2579f6


After:

[Editing---Block-Field-after--Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/4bd1ab11-f9a0-438f-a2e6-2ff0aba3e53d)

---------

Co-authored-by: Patrik Kozak <patrik@payloadcms.com>
2025-01-28 13:21:42 -05:00
Patrik
e65a04a20e templates: adds landing page to blank template (#10769)
This addition enhances the `Blank` template by adding a simple front-end
to ensure a better out-of-the-box experience.

When deploying the template to platforms like `Payload Cloud`, `Vercel`,
or similar services, users would previously encounter a `404` or
`not-found` page on the front-end `/` route unless explicitly handled.

With this update, the template now includes a minimal front-end that
renders a basic page at route `/`.

### Notes

- The added front-end is entirely optional.

- If users prefer to use the `Blank` template as a starting point for a
back-end-only solution or plan to integrate with a different front-end
framework, they can simply delete the `(frontend)` folder and proceed as
before.

`Logged out`:

![Screenshot 2025-01-28 at 10 26
01 AM](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/f6cd99bd-9746-4d0e-910f-2322a671c6b3)

`Logged in`:

![Screenshot 2025-01-28 at 10 25
42 AM](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/27c0bbfb-bd94-4e3c-9bb9-332aa3ccc8cc)

`Mobile`:

![Screenshot 2025-01-28 at 10 25
14 AM](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/370869b4-c5e5-4b17-bff6-3514e7baffc7)
2025-01-28 11:39:29 -05:00
Jacob Fletcher
57f72185f8 chore(deps): upgrades react-diff-viewer-continued to v4.0.4 to suppress react 19 warnings and use ESM imports (#10834)
The `react-diff-viewer-continued` package now includes React 19 in its
peer dependencies thanks to
https://github.com/Aeolun/react-diff-viewer-continued/pull/56. This new
version also exports as ESM by default ftw.
2025-01-28 11:31:33 -05:00
Jessica Chowdhury
9c31a52329 fix: checks for localization to prevent publish button breaking (#10844)
This [PR](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9438) introduced a
bug with the publish button, an error was being thrown when localization
is false. Updated the logic breaking the publish button to safely check
whether localization exists.
2025-01-28 14:39:29 +00:00
Jessica Chowdhury
9b497414fe feat: allow publish and publish specific locale buttons to be swapped (#9438)
### What?
Adds new feature to change the default behavior of the Publish button.

When localization is enabled, you can now choose whether to publish all
locales (default) or publish the active locale only.

<img width="401" alt="Screenshot 2024-11-22 at 12 03 20 PM"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/757383b9-3bf9-4816-8223-a907b120912e">

### Why?

Since implementing the ability to publish a specific locale, users have
reported that having this option as the default button would be
preferred in some cases.

### How?

Add `defaultLocalePublishOption` to your localization config and set it
to 'active':

```ts
  localization: {
    defaultLocalePublishOption: 'active',
    // the rest of your localization config
  },
```

---------

Co-authored-by: Anders Semb Hermansen <anders.hermansen@gmail.com>
2025-01-28 11:24:07 +00:00
Said Akhrarov
8952662db9 docs: fix links and formatting (#10835)
### What?
This PR fixes many links in the docs as well as a few formatting and
grammar issues.

### Why?
To properly link users to the correct destination in the docs and
present well-formatted docs.

### How?
Changes to a few files in `docs/`
2025-01-27 22:50:54 -07:00
Jarrod Flesch
a835518232 fix(ui): adds prev value on form state validat functions (#10832)
### What?
When hitting the form-state endpoint, previousValue was undefined.

### Why?
It was not being passed through.

### How?
Sets previousValue as the initial value of the field.

Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10826
2025-01-27 22:08:34 +00:00
Jacob Fletcher
82f1bb9864 perf: skips field validations until the form is submitted (#10580)
Field validations can be expensive, especially custom validations that
are async or highly complex. This can lead to slow form state response
times when generating form state for many such fields. Ideally, we only
run validations on fields whose values have changed. This is not
possible, however, because field validation functions might reference
_other_ field values with their args, and there is no good way of
detecting exactly which fields should run in this case. The next best
thing here is to only run validations _after the form has been
submitted_, and then every `onChange` event thereafter until a
successful submit has taken place. This is an elegant solution because
we currently don't _render_ field errors until submission anyway.

This change will significantly speed up form state response times, at
least until the form has been submitted. From then on, all field
validations will run regardless, just as they do now. If custom
validations continue to slow down form state response times, there is a
new `event` arg introduced in #10738 that can be used to control whether
heavy operations occur on change or on submit.

Related: #10638
2025-01-27 20:21:33 +00:00
Jacob Fletcher
0acaf8a7f7 fix: field paths within hooks (#10638)
Field paths within hooks are not correct.

For example, an unnamed tab containing a group field and nested text
field should have the path:
- `myGroupField.myTextField`

However, within hooks that path is formatted as:
- `_index-1.myGroupField.myTextField`

The leading index shown above should not exist, as this field is
considered top-level since it is located within an unnamed tab.

This discrepancy is only evident through the APIs themselves, such as
when creating a request with invalid data and reading the validation
errors in the response. Form state contains proper field paths, which is
ultimately why this issue was never caught. This is because within the
admin panel we merge the API response with the current form state,
obscuring the underlying issue. This becomes especially obvious in
#10580, where we no longer initialize validation errors within form
state until the form has been submitted, and instead rely solely on the
API response for the initial error state.

Here's comprehensive example of how field paths _should_ be formatted:

```
{
  // ...
  fields: [
    {
      // path: 'topLevelNamedField'
      // schemaPath: 'topLevelNamedField'
      // indexPath: ''
      name: 'topLevelNamedField',
      type: 'text',
    },
    {
      // path: 'array'
      // schemaPath: 'array'
      // indexPath: ''
      name: 'array',
      type: 'array',
      fields: [
        {
          // path: 'array.[n].fieldWithinArray'
          // schemaPath: 'array.fieldWithinArray'
          // indexPath: ''
          name: 'fieldWithinArray',
          type: 'text',
        },
        {
          // path: 'array.[n].nestedArray'
          // schemaPath: 'array.nestedArray'
          // indexPath: ''
          name: 'nestedArray',
          type: 'array',
          fields: [
            {
              // path: 'array.[n].nestedArray.[n].fieldWithinNestedArray'
              // schemaPath: 'array.nestedArray.fieldWithinNestedArray'
              // indexPath: ''
              name: 'fieldWithinNestedArray',
              type: 'text',
            },
          ],
        },
        {
          // path: 'array.[n]._index-2'
          // schemaPath: 'array._index-2'
          // indexPath: '2'
          type: 'row',
          fields: [
            {
              // path: 'array.[n].fieldWithinRowWithinArray'
              // schemaPath: 'array._index-2.fieldWithinRowWithinArray'
              // indexPath: ''
              name: 'fieldWithinRowWithinArray',
              type: 'text',
            },
          ],
        },
      ],
    },
    {
      // path: '_index-2'
      // schemaPath: '_index-2'
      // indexPath: '2'
      type: 'row',
      fields: [
        {
          // path: 'fieldWithinRow'
          // schemaPath: '_index-2.fieldWithinRow'
          // indexPath: ''
          name: 'fieldWithinRow',
          type: 'text',
        },
      ],
    },
    {
      // path: '_index-3'
      // schemaPath: '_index-3'
      // indexPath: '3'
      type: 'tabs',
      tabs: [
        {
          // path: '_index-3-0'
          // schemaPath: '_index-3-0'
          // indexPath: '3-0'
          label: 'Unnamed Tab',
          fields: [
            {
              // path: 'fieldWithinUnnamedTab'
              // schemaPath: '_index-3-0.fieldWithinUnnamedTab'
              // indexPath: ''
              name: 'fieldWithinUnnamedTab',
              type: 'text',
            },
            {
              // path: '_index-3-0-1'
              // schemaPath: '_index-3-0-1'
              // indexPath: '3-0-1'
              type: 'tabs',
              tabs: [
                {
                  // path: '_index-3-0-1-0'
                  // schemaPath: '_index-3-0-1-0'
                  // indexPath: '3-0-1-0'
                  label: 'Nested Unnamed Tab',
                  fields: [
                    {
                      // path: 'fieldWithinNestedUnnamedTab'
                      // schemaPath: '_index-3-0-1-0.fieldWithinNestedUnnamedTab'
                      // indexPath: ''
                      name: 'fieldWithinNestedUnnamedTab',
                      type: 'text',
                    },
                  ],
                },
              ],
            },
          ],
        },
        {
          // path: 'namedTab'
          // schemaPath: '_index-3.namedTab'
          // indexPath: ''
          label: 'Named Tab',
          name: 'namedTab',
          fields: [
            {
              // path: 'namedTab.fieldWithinNamedTab'
              // schemaPath: '_index-3.namedTab.fieldWithinNamedTab'
              // indexPath: ''
              name: 'fieldWithinNamedTab',
              type: 'text',
            },
          ],
        },
      ],
    },
  ]
}
```
2025-01-27 14:41:35 -05:00
Jarrod Flesch
9f9919d2c6 fix(next): remove toString coercion inside getDocumentPermissions (#10828)
### What?
When the doc permissions were retrieved from the DB, we were coercing
them into strings even when they should not have been.

### Why?
Usage of `id.toString()`

### How?
Remove `id.toString()`. The id will be correct by this point and we
should never coerce id's like this.

Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/8218
2025-01-27 14:16:33 -05:00
Tib
95e81d8d96 docs: fix typo (#10824)
Fixing small typo
2025-01-27 19:08:37 +00:00
Jessica Chowdhury
ffe8020916 fix(translations): adds et to import file (#10823)
### What?
Error thrown when initiating the Estonian language (`et`) from
`@payloadcms/translations`
<img width="896" alt="Screenshot 2025-01-27 at 3 17 49 PM"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/27603c75-d713-4f11-b141-dc293d51800c"
/>

### How?
`et` needed to be added to `importDateFNSLocale`. Tested after this
change and the error is no longer present.

Fixes #10817
2025-01-27 15:40:24 +00:00
felismargarita
0d81ff2f59 fix(ui): hide the restore button's empty submenu in a draft version (#10756)
### What?
When the draft functionality is enabled, in the version history page,
_Restore this version_ renders an empty submenu popup.
### Why?
Restore this version button has below 2 basic scenarios:
1. restore a previously published version. 
In this scenario, this button has a second option _Restore as a draft_
which is in the button submenu area, it works perfectly.
2. restore a draft version
As a draft version, there should not have a second option _Restore as a
draft_, because it is a draft version itself, so this second option and
the submenu is not required in this scenario, but actually it shows an
empty submenu which is not a good idea
### How?
Check if this version is a draft version, if yes, no need to set a
render prop to the button component, so the empty popup won't be
displayed.

Fixes #10754

Co-authored-by: Jarrod Flesch <jarrodmflesch@gmail.com>
2025-01-27 10:31:36 -05:00
Germán Jabloñski
d6658b55a1 chore(templates): fix: the contact page of the website template throws an error in live preview (#10785)
Fixes: https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10787

The underlying problem is that there are types in the form builder
plugin that are unnecessarily `any` or `unknown`.
Here in the website template this was being circumvented with a function
that was not really needed (buildInitialFormState), and with new unknown
types (Value, Property and Data).

Since create-payload-app fetches from the latest commit instead of the
latest release, it is necessary to first merge
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10789, and once the next
release is done this PR can be merged.
2025-01-27 15:26:36 +00:00
Said Akhrarov
8289588994 fix(ui): include check for parent permissions in renderField (#10729)
### What?
This PR fixes an issue for tab subfield permissions

### Why?
Permissions were not being correctly extracted when passing them down.

### How?
Properly extracts permissions when rendering fields inside the active tab.

Fixes #10720

---------

Co-authored-by: Jarrod Flesch <jarrodmflesch@gmail.com>
2025-01-27 09:45:10 -05:00
Jessica Chowdhury
7a398704a0 fix(plugin-nested-docs): update draft and published child docs on resave (#10454)
### What?
Fixes bug with **plugin-nested-docs**. The plugin should update the
breadcrumb data of any child documents when the parent doc is updated,
currently only the **draft** child document is updated.

### How?
Updates the resave function to fetch draft and published child docs.

Closes issue #10066
2025-01-27 13:28:15 +00:00
Wallerand Delevacq
c1c64a07a2 fix(plugin-multi-tenant): issue #10740 - "The following field is invalid: Assigned Tenant" (#10764)
### What?
Tenant ID is a `number` but the `beforeChange` hook shows it as a `string`.
Getting tenant ID from cookie does not work properly in PG

### Why?
A `ValidationError` is throwing when reading a pg numeric id from the cookie.

### How?
Adjust the id based on the idType on the collection.

Fixes #10740

---------

Co-authored-by: Jarrod Flesch <jarrodmflesch@gmail.com>
2025-01-24 22:29:49 -05:00
Germán Jabloñski
6a39279697 docs: improvements in rich text section (#9954)
- fixed broken links
- improved introduction of `overview` and `slate` sections
2025-01-24 17:33:43 -03:00
James Mikrut
ace755742c chore: improves routeError log safety (#10793)
Improves the logging that `routeError` throws.

Logs were sometimes being swallowed if there was a problem with the
incoming request. Now they will surface.
2025-01-24 19:06:01 +00:00
Francisco Lourenço
828b3b71c0 feat: allows fields to be collapsed in the version view diff (#8054)
## Description

Allows some fields to be collapsed in the version diff view. The fields
that can be collapsed are the ones which can also be collapsed in the
edit view, or that have visual grouping:
- `collapsible` 
- `group`
- `array`  (and their rows)
- `blocks` (and their rows)
- `tabs`

It also 
- Fixes incorrect indentation of some fields
- Fixes the rendering of localized tabs in the diff view
- Fixes locale labels for the group field
- Adds a field change count to each collapsible diff (could imagine this
being used in other places)
- Brings the indentation gutter back to help visualize multiple nesting
levels


## Future improvements
- Persist collapsed state across page reloads (sessionStorage vs
preferences)

## Screenshots

### Without locales

![comparison](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/754be708-be6d-43b4-bbe3-5d64ab6a0f76)


### With locales
![comparison with
locales](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/02fb47fb-fa38-4195-8376-67bfda7f282d)

-------------- 

- [x] I have read and understand the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository.


## Type of change

<!-- Please delete options that are not relevant. -->

- [x] New feature (non-breaking change which adds functionality)

## Checklist:

- [x] I have added tests that prove my fix is effective or that my
feature works
- [x] Existing test suite passes locally with my changes
- [ ] ~I have made corresponding changes to the documentation~
2025-01-24 13:32:55 -05:00
Germán Jabloñski
92e6beb050 fix(plugin-form-builder): type of MessageField to object (#10792)
Modifying https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10789 to make
MessageField editor agnostic (i.e. works with Lexical or Slate or any
other editor)
2025-01-24 18:05:52 +00:00
Elliot DeNolf
eca4f47d7a ci: remove docker login, not functional for external contributors 2025-01-24 12:51:21 -05:00
Alessio Gravili
72a5c02d95 chore: uncomment collectionSlugs array in fields test suite, for resetDB to work properly (#10778)
This array was commented out as a remnant of the large on-demand RSC PR,
in which we commented out substantial portions of code
2025-01-24 10:01:20 -07:00
Germán Jabloñski
5603c1ce8d fix(plugin-form-builder): type of MessageField to SerializedEditorState (#10789)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10787

This is the first part of the fix for
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10787.
The second part is https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10785

The `packages/plugin-form-builder/src/types.ts` file contains many more
types besides MessageField.message that are unnecessarily `unknown` or
`any`.

In this PR I'm only fixing that one because:
1. It's what's needed to fix the issue.
2. I want to avoid a breaking change (they should be improved in v4
though).

I don't think MessageField.message will cause a breaking change for
anyone, since it's based on a rich text field.
2025-01-24 15:22:08 +00:00
Jarrod Flesch
22633a6de6 fix(plugin-multi-tenant): remove tenant cookie on logout (#10761)
### What?
- Removes the tenant cookie when the user logs out
- Prevents double redirect to globals when no tenant is selected

### Why?
There were a couple scenarios where the cookie and the tenant did not
match, ie if you logged into 1 tenant, and then out and then into
another tenant.
2025-01-24 10:10:49 -05:00
Elliot DeNolf
d6ae07dec6 ci: update CODEOWNERS 2025-01-24 08:59:59 -05:00
Alessio Gravili
344b23139e ci: fix run e2e command (#10779) 2025-01-24 03:47:49 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
b9d3250117 chore: migrate outdated @payloadcms/next/utilities imports (#10777) 2025-01-24 01:58:45 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
03f7bdf1ee chore: disable bun run test buttons if bun extension is installed (#10775)
If the bun extension is installed, a "Run Test" button is displayed in
int test files. Clicking it will use bun to run those tests, which will
always fail.

This PR disables that test button, as it's useless in our repo

![CleanShot 2025-01-23 at 17 39
03@2x](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/918fa729-8076-4214-a3d2-f824a4fbfc34)

The real button here is "Run". Clicking "Run Test" instead will use bun
and fail. Confusing, right?
2025-01-24 00:41:06 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
59545b5fe5 templates: ensure lexical link validation does not break for internal links (#10771) 2025-01-23 22:42:10 +00:00
Germán Jabloñski
b76401c101 chore(templates): fix eslint errors in plugin template (#10770)
Additionally, the scope of `pnpm eslint` has been expanded to cover the
entire project, not only src.
2025-01-23 21:01:54 +00:00
Jacob Fletcher
a05240a853 perf: only validate filter options on submit (#10738)
Field validations currently run very often, such as within form state on
type. This can lead to serious performance implications within the admin
panel if those validation functions are async, especially if they
perform expensive database queries. One glaring example of this is how
all relationship and upload fields perform a database lookup in order to
evaluate that the given value(s) satisfy the defined filter options. If
the field is polymorphic, this can happen multiple times over, one for
each collection. Similarly, custom validation functions might also
perform expensive tasks, something that Payload has no control over.

The fix here is two-fold. First, we now provide a new `event` arg to all
`validate` functions that allow you to opt-in to performing expensive
operations _only when documents are submitted_, and fallback to
significantly more performant validations as form state is generated.
This new pattern will be the new default for relationship and upload
fields, however, any custom validation functions will need to be
implemented in this way in order to take advantage of it. Here's what
that might look like:

```
[
  // ...
  {
    name: 'text'
    type: 'text',
    validate: async (value, { event }) => {
      if (event === 'onChange') {
        // Do something highly performant here
        return true
      }
      
      // Do something more expensive here
      return true
    }
  }
]
```

The second part of this is to only run validations _after the form as
been submitted_, and then every change event thereafter. This work is
being done in #10580.
2025-01-23 15:10:31 -05:00
Alessio Gravili
9f2bca104b fix(richtext-lexical): afterRead hooks were not awaited (#10747)
This was a tricky one.

Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10700

May potentially fix 9163

This could have also been causing glitchyness related to things like
lexical upload / relationship / link node population.

## Issue and solution explained

The lexical field afterRead hook is responsible for executing afterRead
hooks (this includes relationship population) for all sub-nodes, e.g.
upload or block nodes.

Any field and population promises that were created in the process of
traversing the lexical editor state were added to the parent
`fieldPromises` and `populationPromises` array.

Now this lexical `afterRead` hook, which is responsible for creating and
adding all field and population promises of its sub-nodes to the parent
`fieldPromises` and `populationPromises` arrays, was itself part of the
**same** `fieldPromises` array.

The execution of this lexical `afterRead` hook itself is happening while
the `fieldPromises` array is being awaited. This means that new field
and population promises were being added to this same array DURING the
process of awaiting all promises of this array.

As a result, any promises dynamically added while awaiting the initial
set of fieldPromises were not included in the initial `Promise.all()`
awaiting process, leading to unhandled promises.

This PR resolves the issue by ensuring that promises are repeatedly
awaited until no new promises remain in the arrays. By continuously
awaiting the `fieldPromises` and `populationPromises` until all
dynamically added promises are fully resolved, this PR ensures that any
promises added during the processing of a parent promise are also
properly awaited. This guarantees that no promises are skipped,
preserving the intended behavior of the afterRead hook
2025-01-23 14:44:21 -05:00
Said Akhrarov
ec1a441ed7 docs: adds limit, page, sort, where, and joins to list of rest query params (#10751)
<!--

Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.

Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.

The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:

- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change

### What?

### Why?

### How?

Fixes #

-->
### What?
This PR adds a few missing query params to the list of REST query params
available on the rest-api overview page of the docs.

### Why?
To better inform users of more utilities available to them right in the
overview page.

### How?
Changes to `rest-api/overview.mdx`
2025-01-23 14:23:02 -05:00
Elliot DeNolf
b2ebf85082 chore(release): v3.19.0 [skip ci] 2025-01-23 13:38:39 -05:00
Sasha
c0ae994da2 fix: next.js rewrites were not respected for rest api (#10759)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10655
2025-01-23 13:36:33 -05:00
Germán Jabloñski
5689c6527b chore(templates): fix eslint errors in website template (#10752) 2025-01-23 15:30:20 -03:00
Sasha
2d8ff7218a fix(db-mongodb): v2-v3 migration versions docs of collections and globals without relationship fields (#10755)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10753
2025-01-23 12:33:43 -05:00
Paul
61a2a9c3a3 templates: update website readmes for additional information on jobs and revalidation (#10758) 2025-01-23 17:33:07 +00:00
Sasha
d601300034 fix(db-mongodb): querying polymorphic relationships with the all operator (#10704)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10678
2025-01-23 18:23:50 +02:00
Jacob Fletcher
e5b3da972f docs: moves collection and globals admin docs to their respective config overviews (#10743)
Similar to #10742. Collection and global-level admin options are
currently documented within the "admin > collections" and "admin >
globals" pages, respectively. This makes them hard to find because
users, myself included, intuitively navigate to the collection and
global overview docs to locate this information before realizing it
lives elsewhere. Now, they are rendered within "configuration >
collections" and "configuration > globals" as expected and the old pages
have been removed altogether.
2025-01-23 01:54:31 -05:00
Jacob Fletcher
0ca37364ea docs: moves customizing fields doc to fields overview (#10742)
Continuation of #10741. Field-level admin options, including the
conditional logic and custom field components, are currently documented
within the "admin > customizing views" page. This makes them hard to
find because users, myself included, intuitively navigate to the fields
overview doc first to locate this information. Now, they are rendered
within "fields > overview" as expected. This should help keep the user
from jumping around from doc to doc and getting lost.
2025-01-22 23:58:05 -05:00
Jacob Fletcher
8b3e2ff5e5 docs: adds examples of typed custom field components (#10741)
Although the "customizing fields" doc provides a big picture overview of
how to create custom field components, it is not explicit enough for
developers to know exactly where to start. For example, it can be
challenging to import the correct types when building these components,
and the natural place to go looking for this information is on the
fields docs themselves. Now, each field doc has its own dedicated
"custom components" section which provides concrete examples for fields
and field labels in both server and client component format, with more
examples to come over time such as using inputs directly, etc. In the
same vein, the "customizing fields" doc itself should probably be moved
to the fields overview section so it remains as intuitive as possible
when searching for this information.
2025-01-22 23:07:09 -05:00
Dan Ribbens
3501d47e2d fix(plugin-nested-docs): cannot update more than 10 child docs (#10737)
`limit` was defaulting to 10 in the call to find children that need to
be updated, now limit is 0 to get all children docs.
2025-01-22 17:42:12 -05:00
Germán Jabloñski
4aaef5e63e feat(richtext-lexical): make decoratorNodes and blocks selectable. Centralize selection and deletion logic (#10735)
- Blocks can now be selected (only inline blocks were possible before).
- Any DecoratorNode that users create will have the necessary logic out
of the box so that they are selected with a click and deleted with
backspace/delete.
- By having the code for selecting and deleting centralized, a lot of
repetitive code was eliminated
- More performant code due to the use of event delegation. There is only
one listener, previously there was one for each decoratorNode.
- Heuristics to exclude scenarios where you don't want to select the
node: if it is inside the DecoratorNode, but is also inside a button,
input, textarea, contentEditable, .react-select, .code-editor or
.no-select-decorator. That last one was added as a means of opt-out.
- Fix #10634

Note: arrow navigation will be introduced in a later PR.



https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/92f91cad-4f70-4f72-a36f-c68afbe33c0d
2025-01-22 22:28:48 +00:00
Patrik
f181f97d4e fix(ui): filters out upload specific fields for bulk editing (#10726)
### What

This PR adds a filtering mechanism to exclude certain reserved fields
from being displayed in the `Edit Many` drawer for bulk uploads. This
ensures that only relevant fields are available for bulk editing.

### Why

Fields like `filename`, `mimeType`, and `filesize` are not intended to
be edited in bulk. Filtering these fields streamlines the interface and
focuses on fields that are meaningful for bulk operations.

### How

- Introduced a `filterOutUploadFields` utility to exclude reserved
fields from the field selection in bulk uploads.
- Applied this filter to the `Edit Many` drawer, ensuring a more
relevant and user-friendly experience.
- Reserved fields include properties like `file`, `mimeType`, `url`,
`width`, `height`, and others that are not applicable for bulk editing.
2025-01-22 16:44:17 -05:00
Alessio Gravili
0c5321e6f8 chore: temporarily revert 10597 (#10718)
Temporarily reverts 10597 to fix plugin-oauth
2025-01-22 16:36:54 -05:00
Jarrod Flesch
9a8769967c chore(plugin-multi-tenant): test suite enhancements (#10732)
### What?
Updates test suite multi-tenant config as a better example.

### Why?
So it is easier to follow and write logical tests for in the future.
2025-01-22 16:28:18 -05:00
Patrik
be2c482054 feat(ui): adds edit many option for bulk uploads (#10646)
### What?

This PR introduces the ability to bulk edit multiple uploads
simultaneously within the `Edit all` option for bulk uploads. Users can
now select fields to update across all selected uploads in a single
operation.

### Why?

Managing multiple uploads individually can be time-consuming and
inefficient, especially when updating common fields. This feature
streamlines the process, improving user experience and productivity when
handling bulk uploads.

### How?

* Added an `Edit Many` drawer component specific to bulk uploads that
allows users to select fields for bulk editing.
* Enhanced the FormsManager and related logic to ensure updates are
applied consistently across all selected uploads.

![Screenshot 2025-01-21 at 3 16
49 PM](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/ef1f4a12-95a6-4b21-8efa-5280df0917fc)
2025-01-22 16:20:13 -05:00
Paul
67f7c9513f fix(ui): admin description not being respected on tabs and padding issues with tab descriptions (#10710)
- Fixes collection and tab descriptions not having a bottom padding:
- Deprecates `description` on tabs config in favour of
`admin.description` but supports both
- Adds test to make sure `admin.description` renders with static string
and function too for tabs
2025-01-22 17:17:17 +00:00
Elliot DeNolf
7010d93e94 ci: dockerhub login to increase rate-limit (#10727)
Docker Hub has rate-limits for anonymous users. This adds logging in,
which will increase the limit.

Example error message
```
Unable to find image 'mongo:6' locally
  docker: Error response from daemon: toomanyrequests: 
You have reached your pull rate limit. You may increase the limit by authenticating and upgrading: https://www.docker.com/increase-rate-limit.
  ```
  
 Example error in pipeline: https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/actions/runs/12911899766/job/36005722765?pr=10723
2025-01-22 17:12:04 +00:00
Paul
9bb27afaf5 fix(richtext-lexical): improved regex matchers for absolute and relative URLs to make autolinking more reliable (#10725)
Fixes an issue where pasting text over a selection will automatically
add it as a link instead of replacing the text. This is caused by poor
regex matching in the case of relative URLs.

Added tests and strengthened both absolute and relative URL matchers
2025-01-22 16:53:56 +00:00
Jarrod Flesch
e6d02600e1 fix(plugin-multi-tenant): selected tenant could become incorrect when navigating out of doc (#10723)
### What?
When switching tenants from within a document and then navigating back
out to the list view, the tenant would not be set correctly.

### Why?
This was because we handle the tenant selector selection differently
when viewing a document.

### How?
Now when you navigate out, the page will refresh the cookie.

Also adds test suite config that shows how the dom can be used to
manipulate styles per tenant.
2025-01-22 11:37:18 -05:00
Alessio Gravili
c1b912d5e5 fix: browser validation error when visiting account page (#10717)
Fixes error when visiting account page:

![CleanShot 2025-01-21 at 23 58
48@2x](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/01502702-319f-46fd-9197-b345eab7fc86)
2025-01-22 07:19:06 +00:00
Said Akhrarov
d8682f2147 docs: adds info on useSelection and useStepNav hooks (#10683)
### What?
This PR adds information and examples on the `useSelection` and
`useStepNav` hooks.

### Why?
To provide more information on the React hooks available to end-users.

### How?
Changes to `admin/hooks.mdx`
2025-01-22 00:11:47 -07:00
Boyan Bratvanov
6d43910018 docs: multi-tenant plugin - remove @beta and fix npm url (#10697)
Running `pnpm add @payloadcms/plugin-multi-tenant@beta` will install
`v.0.0.1` which is outdated:

https://www.npmjs.com/package/@payloadcms/plugin-multi-tenant?activeTab=versions

I suspect the intention was to remove `@beta` from the plugin install
instructions with yesterday's Payload `v3.18.0` release which also
bumped `plugin-multi-tenant` to `v3.18.0`, but this might have been
missed.
2025-01-22 00:08:38 -07:00
Paul
5e4a1d48ae templates: fix potential error in the initial form state caused by type mismatch (#10713) 2025-01-21 15:34:21 -06:00
David Murdoch
b55342d9af chore(examples): change to useClickableCard to use AbortController (#10680)
* introduce AbortController to the event listeners in useClickableCard
* in an attempt to avoid ugly boolean check
* suggested pattern from
https://kettanaito.com/blog/dont-sleep-on-abort-controller

<!--

Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.

Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.

The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:

- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change

### What?

Add AbortController to event listeners in useClickableCard.

### Why?

Following Theo's [video](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2sdXSczmvNc)
about the [blog
post](https://kettanaito.com/blog/dont-sleep-on-abort-controller) about
AbortController I came across a bit of code in examples that looked a
bit ugly and thought the AbortController could simplify it a bit
(especially the checks for the DOM node in the removal part).

### How?

Just re-writing the code in a different way. Though, I admit I'm not
wholly sure where the Cards are being used and for what purpose so I
haven't checked that there is no difference to the behaviour of the
code.

Fixes #
Not so much a fix but a different way to write the removal of event
listeners.
-->
2025-01-21 15:34:11 -06:00
Jarrod Flesch
2a98c8445e fix(plugin-multi-tenant): corrects user type in userHasAccessToAllTenants fn (#10707)
### What?
User type was inflexible.

### How?
Internally use as unknown.
2025-01-21 12:44:37 -05:00
Jarrod Flesch
a9c08323cc fix(plugin-multi-tenant): prevent throwing when no user exists (#10699)
### What?
Fixes issue where the provider would throw an error and prevent the
login screen from loading if there was no user.

### Why?
Missing try/catch around tenant find for the provider. (Missed because
test suites have autoLogin: true)

### How?
Adds try/catch around find query.
2025-01-21 12:07:47 -05:00
Jarrod Flesch
3e0baf58c0 chore: adds plugin-multi-tenant scope for pr title (#10706)
### What?
Adds `plugin-multi-tenant` scope for PR titles

### Why?
Cannot scope multi-tenant PR's properly
2025-01-21 12:07:10 -05:00
Jacob Fletcher
a5695ba5e5 fix: custom blocks field label component missing from config (#10692)
The `admin.components.Label` property for the `blocks` field was missing
from the config although custom labels are working as expected.
2025-01-21 03:59:23 +00:00
Dan Ribbens
90f88f8fc0 fix(db-mongodb): beginTransaction invalid type without replicaset (#10690)
Fixes #10603
2025-01-21 03:09:52 +00:00
Sasha
be98edaa6c fix: apply CORS response headers without headersWithCors (#10597)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10332

Previously, the `cors` configuration wasn't respected for:
- Custom endpoints without using `headersWithCors` which as described in
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10332 is not documented.
- Some of our endpoints like `/payload-jobs/run` or from plugins due to
missing `headersWithCors` -
592f02b3bf/packages/payload/src/queues/restEndpointRun.ts (L82-L88)

In 2.0, you didn't need `headersWithCors` and I think it's expected to
handle this logic by default.
This completely removes `headersWithCors` boilerplate from the all
endpoints and instead, handles this logic at the end of
`handleEndpoints` directly -
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/compare/fix/default-cors?expand=1#diff-82e97630068f9fc40256f3f46e06226215ab150d16012281810586b51b0cfd51

Also deprecates public export of `headersWithCors`
2025-01-21 03:29:07 +02:00
Paul
ddeb29f3da fix(ui): issue with thumbnail component crashing the UI if the image didnt exist (#10689) 2025-01-21 00:44:11 +00:00
Sasha
7f8f2f005a fix: rest api with ?locale=* doesn't return full localized data (#10619)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9712
2025-01-21 02:18:43 +02:00
Sasha
25a70ab455 fix: join field with the target relationship inside localized array (#10621)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10356
2025-01-21 02:18:26 +02:00
Sasha
46c1b375b8 fix: properly handle nullable minDistance and maxDistance in near query (#10622)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10521
2025-01-21 02:18:13 +02:00
Riley Langbein
e4fa1718aa fix(next): admin panel UI not rendering custom upload components (#9925)
### What?

Currently it is not possible to override the upload component.

### Why?

The ability to override the upload component is missing from
`renderDocumentSlots`.

### How?

Adding a check to include the custom upload component if it is
available.

This issue is holding me back from releasing a payload plugin.

Fixes #9591
2025-01-20 17:19:52 -06:00
Riley Langbein
9684d3165e fix(richtext-lexical): incorrect table action menu placement (#10627)
Fixes #10626

This was originally fixed in this [lexical
PR](https://github.com/facebook/lexical/pull/4301), however it seems
both the `TypeAheadMenu` plugin and the `TableActionMenu` plugin are
broken in lexical playground again.

I was unable to find any issues with the `SlashMenu` in our case so I
left it as is.

## Before


https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/5f8287a2-2875-4eb5-9402-933b0ce30af5

## After


https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/44394923-3dd8-4fd7-9d58-2c29886490e6
2025-01-20 19:37:43 -03:00
Elliot DeNolf
4bde09a200 ci: release notes emoji fix 2025-01-20 17:13:45 -05:00
Elliot DeNolf
26aeebcce0 chore(release): v3.18.0 [skip ci] 2025-01-20 17:02:02 -05:00
Alessio Gravili
823e223786 perf: list view table should not send duplicative client CollectionConfig to client (#10664)
Previously, we were unnecessarily passing the `ClientCollectionConfig`
down from the Table to the Client, even though the client cell
components could simply access it via the `useConfig` hook. This
resulted in redundant data being sent to the client for every single
table cell. Additionally, we were performing a deep copy of the
`ClientCollectionConfig`, which wasted both memory and CPU resources on
the server.

---------

Co-authored-by: Jacob Fletcher <jacobsfletch@gmail.com>
2025-01-20 21:55:52 +00:00
Elliot DeNolf
711febcc90 ci: update canary script for tools dir 2025-01-20 16:51:37 -05:00
Elliot DeNolf
076ffa2c4a ci: add multi-tenant plugin to publish list 2025-01-20 16:12:49 -05:00
Jacob Fletcher
6c19579ccf fix(ui): renders custom block row labels (#10686)
Custom block row labels defined on `admin.components.Label` were not
rendering despite existing in the config. Instead, if a custom label
component was defined on the _top-level_ blocks field itself, it was
incorrectly replacing each blocks label _in addition_ to the field's
label. Now, custom labels defined at the field-level now only replace
the field's label as expected, and custom labels defined at the
block-level are now supported as the types suggest.
2025-01-20 20:04:19 +00:00
Sasha
2bf58b6ac5 examples: add example on Astro + Payload Local API (#10174)
Adds example on using the Local API (both fetching data and modifying
data) with Astro (vanilla JS)


https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/bf2dee99-2ad7-43f5-b809-1cf626051720

This is achieved through the monorepo:
```
website/
payload/
```
2025-01-20 14:04:09 -06:00
Germán Jabloñski
2ce3829428 chore(templates): make TypeScript strict in website template (#10587)
updating pnpm-lock was necessary due to
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10398
2025-01-20 19:46:21 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
b69fe99ebe perf: ensure deepCopy in beforeValidate hook does not run unnecessarily for rest and graphQL API (#10666)
Previously, the beforeValidate hook was deepCopying input data. This
indirectly ensured that the passed input data was not mutated.

E.g., if you run the `payload.create` local API, you do not want that to
mutate the `data` object that is passed as an argument. This will create
issues if you attempt to use it multiple times.


This PR moves the deepCopy logic from the beforeValidate hook to the
start of the local API operation. This ensures that
- Input data is intentionally copied at the beginning which makes more
sense. Comment was added to explain why
- GraphQL and Rest operations are now faster, as we don't need to ensure
that the input data is not mutated for those => deepCopy only runs for
local API
2025-01-20 12:35:29 -07:00
Alessio Gravili
c07c9e9129 perf: optimize getEntityConfig lookups (#10665)
Replaces array-based lookups in `getEntityConfig` with a map, reducing
time complexity from O(n) to O(1).
2025-01-20 12:32:38 -07:00
Germán Jabloñski
56667cdc8d fix(ui): fixed many bugs in the WhereBuilder relationship select menu (#10553)
Following https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10551, I found and
fixed a handful more bugs:

- When writing to the input, the results that were already there were
not cleaned, causing incorrect results to appear.
- the scroll was causing an infinite loop that showed repeated elements
- optimization: only the required field is selected (not required)
- refs are set to the initial value to avoid a state where nothing can
be searched
2025-01-20 16:14:49 -03:00
Paul
2d70269c56 templates: form fields will now respect 'required' flag from config on website template (#10681)
There wasn't a required * indicator previously present in field labels
if required: true was set.
2025-01-20 11:02:36 -06:00
Elliot DeNolf
f18ca9cc2b build: move larger scripts into tools dir in workspace (#10653)
Having the `scripts` dir re-use all packages from the top-level was
getting quite unwieldy. Created new `tools` directory that is part of
the workspace. Packages are exported with the `@tools` package
namespace.
2025-01-20 11:34:51 -05:00
Elliot DeNolf
ef4b8d9b00 chore: set save-prefix='' for repo [skip ci] 2025-01-19 11:47:53 -05:00
Alessio Gravili
9c29541108 fix(plugin-seo): loosen some types to restore compatibility between minor versions (#10670)
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9962 could be considered a
breaking change - this PR restores compatibility by allowing unknown
collection slugs, while still providing type suggestions.
2025-01-19 08:37:06 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
d2f63dc066 fix(plugin-stripe): hooks did not use api key from plugin config (#10671)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10668
2025-01-19 08:30:28 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
9215f0385e chore: run pnpm dev without dev - this improves error logging on init (#10669)
No need for `safelyRunScriptFunction` anymore, as the issue where the
dev script abruptly stopped execution has been fixed already.
2025-01-19 08:07:15 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
a98a3981be perf(ui): remove unnecessary deepCopy in reduceToSerializableFields (#10667) 2025-01-19 04:44:19 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
91ed882d62 perf: remove deepCopying in sanitizeJoinQuery, optimize flattenWhereToOperators (#10663) 2025-01-18 18:34:27 -07:00
Jacob Fletcher
9f5ffed5ac chore(examples): bumps custom components example to latest and runs seed on init (#10661)
The custom components example no longer ran seed on init. This is done
through a preconfigured migration script that automatically runs on
startup. The `@payloadcms/graphql` package was also incorrectly
installed as a dev dependency and the lockfile was significantly out of
date. The `react` and `react-dom` packages were also pinned to v19.0.0,
with their corresponding types packages to v19.0.1. These now all match
as expected and are identified using the caret operator to ensure the
latest versions are installed.
2025-01-18 15:35:49 -05:00
Boyan Bratvanov
ef44bddca9 docs: react hooks - update useForm import path (#10658)
The `addFieldRow` / `removeFieldRow` / `replaceFieldRow` code examples
in the docs drawers still used the v2(?) import paths for `useForm`.

https://payloadcms.com/docs/admin/hooks#useform
2025-01-18 16:32:53 +02:00
Alessio Gravili
b6e9c3bd4c chore(deps): upgrade various dependencies (#10657)
Bumps the following dependencies:
- next
- typescript
- http-status
- nodemailer
- Payload & next versions in all templates
- Monorepo only: playwright and dotenv

Removes unused dependencies:
- ts-jest
- jest-environment-jsdom
- resend (we don't use their sdk, we only use their rest API)
2025-01-18 04:08:12 -07:00
Dan Ribbens
00cc10c74a chore(db-mongodb): update mongoose and mongodb deps (#10644)
Update mongoose from `8.8.3` to `8.9.5`
Update mongodb from `6.10.0` to `6.12.0`
2025-01-17 15:31:46 -05:00
Sasha
5a9523756f fix(ui): replace hard coded path to API with serverURL and routes.api (#10618)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10617
2025-01-17 21:47:42 +02:00
Paul
7d10e1b156 templates: add cache tag to images so that they can be revalidated along with the page on website templates (#10647)
Previously images would not be revalidated if they were cropped or
changed in another ways.

Now if the image is updated, they will also be updated on the frontend
whenever a post is revalidated.
2025-01-17 19:47:33 +00:00
Jacob Fletcher
64fc2df878 docs: removes live preview image placeholder comment (#10643)
There was a rogue `{/* IMAGE OF LIVE PREVIEW HERE */}` comment being
rendered in the live preview docs. Comments in this format used to be
hidden, but since moving to a new rendering pattern they now appear.
2025-01-17 13:38:52 -05:00
Paul
f1cc8bd77c fix(ui): placement issue with sonner toasts (#10641)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10633

Sonner had an upstream
[update](https://github.com/emilkowalski/sonner/releases/tag/v.1.7.2)
that moves offsets to a variables, some end projects were installing
1.7.2 whereas in our monorepo we have 1.7.0 hence it wasn't being caught
internally.
2025-01-17 18:00:14 +00:00
Jarrod Flesch
baad382ba5 chore: adjust multi tenant version (#10640) 2025-01-17 12:06:08 -05:00
Patrik
ad553e967b fix: updates field validation error messages to use labels if applicable (#10601)
### What?

Previously, field error messages displayed in toast notifications used
the field path to reference fields that failed validation. This
path-based approach was necessary to distinguish between fields that
might share the same name when nested inside arrays, groups, rows, or
collapsible fields.

However, the human readability of these paths was lacking, especially
for unnamed fields like rows and collapsible fields. For example:

- A text field inside a row could display as: `_index-0.text`
- A text field nested within multiple arrays could display as:
`items.0.subArray.0.text`

These outputs are technically correct but not user-friendly.

### Why?

While the previous format was helpful for pinpointing the specific field
that caused the validation error, it could be more user-friendly and
clearer to read. The goal is to maintain the same level of accuracy
while improving the readability for both developers and content editors.

### How?

To improve readability, the following changes were made:

1. Use Field Labels Instead of Field Paths:
- The ValidationError component now uses the label prop from the field
config (if available) instead of the field’s name.
       - If a label is provided, it will be used in the error message.
       - If no label exists, it will fall back to the field’s name.

2. Remove _index from Paths for Unnamed Fields (In the validationError
component only):
- For unnamed fields like rows and collapsibles, the _index prefix is
now stripped from the output to make it cleaner.
       - Instead of `_index-0.text`, it now outputs just `Text`.

3. Reformat the Error Path for Readability:
- The error message format has been improved to be more human-readable,
showing the field hierarchy in a structured way with array indices
converted to 1-based numbers.

#### Example transformation:

##### Before:
The following fields are invalid: `items.0.subArray.0.text`

##### After:
The following fields are invalid: `Items 1 > SubArray 1 > Text`
2025-01-17 09:42:46 -05:00
Patrik
38a06e7bd3 feat: adds support for both client-side and server-side remote URL uploads fetching (#10004)
### What?

The `pasteURL` feature for Upload fields has been updated to support
both **client-side** and **server-side** URL fetching. Previously, users
could only paste URLs from the same domain as their Payload instance
(internal) or public domains, which led to **CORS** errors when trying
to fetch files from external URLs.

Now, users can choose between **client-side fetching** (default) and
**server-side fetching** using the new `pasteURL` option in the Upload
collection config.

### How?

- By default, Payload will attempt to fetch the file client-side
directly in the browser.
- To enable server-side fetching, you can configure the new `pasteURL`
option with an `allowList` of trusted domains.
- The new `/api/:collectionSlug/paste-url` endpoint is used to fetch
files server-side and stream them back to the browser.

#### Example

```
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'

export const Media: CollectionConfig = {
  slug: 'media',
  upload: {
    // pasteURL: false, // Can now disable the pasteURL option entirely by passing "false".
    pasteURL: {
      allowList: [
        {
          hostname: 'payloadcms.com', // required
          pathname: '',
          port: '',
          protocol: 'https', // defaults to https - options: "https" | "http"
          search: ''
        },
        {
          hostname: 'example.com',
          pathname: '/images/*',
        },
      ],
    },
  },
}
```

### Why

This update provides more flexibility for users to paste URLs into
Upload fields without running into **CORS errors** and allows Payload to
securely fetch files from trusted domains.
2025-01-17 09:16:29 -05:00
Sasha
28b7c04681 ci: disable integration tests retrying (#10615)
Reverts https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9652 for int tests,
mongodb issues seem to be fixed with the mongodb-memory-server update
2025-01-17 10:38:23 +02:00
Riley Langbein
818467d684 fix(ui): show outline on focus for sort column buttons (#9557)
Fixes #9611.

When using the keyboard, focus is invisible when the active element is a
sort column button. This change ensures that focus remains visible when
the active element is a sort column button.


![sort-column-buttons-1](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/6a2fd6e1-23c0-4a18-beae-c206de56f22e)


![sort-column-buttons-2](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/e9335d9f-6cdb-4b43-9cdc-bb3bea763b0f)
2025-01-16 20:04:23 -07:00
Said Akhrarov
8c3f6e176f chore(deps): bumps path-to-regexp
This PR bumps the minimum package version for `path-to-regexp`
2025-01-17 01:03:52 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
6ebcbe4504 feat: support JPEG XL image size calculation (#10624)
This adds support for calculating and displaying file sizes for JPEG XL
images.

Image resizing is not supported by sharp out-of-the-box yet:
https://github.com/lovell/sharp/issues/2731
2025-01-16 23:30:11 +00:00
Jacob Fletcher
86ff0a434c test: field level validation errors (#10614)
Continuation of #10575. Field level validations error were incorrectly
throwing uniqueness errors. This was fixed but lacking tests.
2025-01-16 15:55:34 -05:00
Jarrod Flesch
e80d67987e feat(ui): exposes context of the view being rendered on the server (#10620)
### What?
Extends visibility into what view is being shown so custom components
have context as to where they are being rendered.

**This PR does not add React Context.**

### Why?
This was needed for the multi-tenant plugin where the selector is in the
navigation sidebar and has no way to know if it is being shown inside of
a document or the list view.

I assume other users may also want their server components to be aware
of where a component is rendering before hitting the client. An example
would be wanting to redirect on the server instead of on the client,
this is how multi-tenant redirects users from "global" enabled
collections to the document view.

### How?
Adds 2 new variables that are determined by the view being routed to.

`viewType` - which view is being rendered, ie `list`, `document`,
`version`, `account`, `verify`, `reset`
```ts
type ViewTypes =
  | 'account'
  | 'dashboard'
  | 'document'
  | 'list'
  | 'reset'
  | 'verify'
  | 'version'
```

`documentSubViewType` - which tells you what sub view you are on, ie
`api`, `livePreview`, `default`, `versions`
```ts
type DocumentSubViewTypes =
  | 'api' 
  | 'default' 
  | 'livePreview' 
  | 'version' 
  | 'versions'
```
2025-01-16 15:44:09 -05:00
Sasha
5a9cf8979e feat(examples): add example with Remix + Payload Local API (#10171)
Adds example on using the Local API (both fetching data and modifying
data) with Remix.


https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/fe215e4e-e446-4f92-b0ac-acbf3d0a225b


This is achieved through the monorepo:
```
website/
payload/
```

You can import the Payload config and types like this:

86d83216d7/examples/remix/website/app/routes/_index.tsx (L1-L16)
2025-01-16 21:13:43 +02:00
Alessio Gravili
42382b6f6f perf: operations performance optimizations (#10609)
- reduces unnecessary shallow copying within operations by removing
unnecessary spreads or .map()'s
- removes unnecessary `deleteMany` call in `deleteUserPreferences` for
auth-enabled collections
- replaces all instances of `validOperators.includes` with
`validOperatorMap[]`. O(n) => O(1)
- optimizes the `sanitizeInternalFields` function. Previously, it was
doing a **lot** of shallow copying
2025-01-16 17:07:35 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
116fd9919e perf: reduce document data deepCopying in field hooks (#10610)
A lot of this deepCopying was just not necessary. This removes the
deepCopying from all field hook operations where I think it's 100% safe.
It does not remove all deepCopying, especially in areas where the input
data was deep copied, and that data pre-modification is then used after
the field hooks have run.

In these cases, further execution of the hook might be intentionally
expecting the unmodified version of that input data
2025-01-16 09:43:46 -07:00
Alessio Gravili
fafe37e8b8 perf(ui): speed up list view rendering, ensure root layout does not re-render when navigating to list view (#10607)
Data for the EditMany view was fetched even though the EditMany Drawer
was not open. This, in combination with the router.replace call to add
the default limit query param, caused the root layout to re-render
2025-01-16 01:34:55 +00:00
Jarrod Flesch
0d47a5db5d chore: multi-tenant plugin updates (#10598)
### What?
General improvements:
- Disable duplication on tenant collections marked with `isGlobal`
- Simplify cookie setting logic and option loading for the selector
2025-01-15 21:49:21 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
0a1cf7bc85 perf: do not send minRows and maxRows undefined values to client (#10600)
This reduces the size of the initial HTML
2025-01-15 21:00:52 +00:00
Greg Presland
22f3c79dc0 docs: update wording for sentence (#10599)
### What?

Updating wording for a sentence.

### Why?

I believe it was missing a word as it read a bit off without it and
causes a reread.

### How?

Doesn't feel like it reads right and causes a reread.

Fixes #

- "If you are building a website that fits within the limits _of_ a tool
like Webflow or Framer"
2025-01-15 13:32:21 -07:00
Alessio Gravili
3fb6ac3ca4 perf: ensure unnecessary config translations are not sent to the client (#10524)
This will reduce the size of the initial HTML
2025-01-15 20:22:32 +00:00
Jarrod Flesch
813e70be1f feat: adds multi-tenant plugin (#10447)
### Multi Tenant Plugin
This PR adds a `@payloadcms/plugin-multi-tenant` package. The goal is to
consolidate a source of truth for multi-tenancy. Currently we are
maintaining different implementations for clients, users in discord and
our examples repo. When updates or new paradigms arise we need to
communicate this with everyone and update code examples which is hard to
maintain.

### What does it do?
- adds a tenant selector to the sidebar, above the nav links
- adds a hidden tenant field to every collection that you specify
- adds an array field to your users collection, allowing you to assign
users to tenants
- by default combines the access control (to enabled collections) that
you define, with access control based on the tenants assigned to user on
the request
- by default adds a baseListFilter that filters the documents shown in
the list view with the selected tenant in the admin panel

### What does it not do?
- it does not implement multi-tenancy for your frontend. You will need
to query data for specific tenants to build your website/application
- it does not add a tenants collection, you **NEED** to add a tenants
collection, where you can define what types of fields you would like on
it

### The plugin config

Most of the options listed below are _optional_, but it is easier to
just lay out all of the configuration options.

**TS Type**
```ts
type MultiTenantPluginConfig<ConfigTypes = unknown> = {
  /**
   * After a tenant is deleted, the plugin will attempt to clean up related documents
   * - removing documents with the tenant ID
   * - removing the tenant from users
   *
   * @default true
   */
  cleanupAfterTenantDelete?: boolean
  /**
   * Automatically
   */
  collections: {
    [key in CollectionSlug]?: {
      /**
       * Set to `true` if you want the collection to behave as a global
       *
       * @default false
       */
      isGlobal?: boolean
      /**
       * Set to `false` if you want to manually apply the baseListFilter
       *
       * @default true
       */
      useBaseListFilter?: boolean
      /**
       * Set to `false` if you want to handle collection access manually without the multi-tenant constraints applied
       *
       * @default true
       */
      useTenantAccess?: boolean
    }
  }
  /**
   * Enables debug mode
   * - Makes the tenant field visible in the admin UI within applicable collections
   *
   * @default false
   */
  debug?: boolean
  /**
   * Enables the multi-tenant plugin
   *
   * @default true
   */
  enabled?: boolean
  /**
   * Field configuration for the field added to all tenant enabled collections
   */
  tenantField?: {
    access?: RelationshipField['access']
    /**
     * The name of the field added to all tenant enabled collections
     *
     * @default 'tenant'
     */
    name?: string
  }
  /**
   * Field configuration for the field added to the users collection
   *
   * If `includeDefaultField` is `false`, you must include the field on your users collection manually
   * This is useful if you want to customize the field or place the field in a specific location
   */
  tenantsArrayField?:
    | {
        /**
         * Access configuration for the array field
         */
        arrayFieldAccess?: ArrayField['access']
        /**
         * When `includeDefaultField` is `true`, the field will be added to the users collection automatically
         */
        includeDefaultField?: true
        /**
         * Additional fields to include on the tenants array field
         */
        rowFields?: Field[]
        /**
         * Access configuration for the tenant field
         */
        tenantFieldAccess?: RelationshipField['access']
      }
    | {
        arrayFieldAccess?: never
        /**
         * When `includeDefaultField` is `false`, you must include the field on your users collection manually
         */
        includeDefaultField?: false
        rowFields?: never
        tenantFieldAccess?: never
      }
  /**
   * The slug for the tenant collection
   *
   * @default 'tenants'
   */
  tenantsSlug?: string
  /**
   * Function that determines if a user has access to _all_ tenants
   *
   * Useful for super-admin type users
   */
  userHasAccessToAllTenants?: (
    user: ConfigTypes extends { user: User } ? ConfigTypes['user'] : User,
  ) => boolean
}
```

**Example usage**
```ts
import type { Config } from './payload-types'
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'

export default buildConfig({
  plugins: [
    multiTenantPlugin<Config>({
      collections: {
        pages: {},
      },
      userHasAccessToAllTenants: (user) => isSuperAdmin(user),
    }),
  ],
})
```


### How to configure Collections as Globals for multi-tenant

When using multi-tenant, globals need to actually be configured as
collections so the content can be specific per tenant.
To do that, you can mark a collection with `isGlobal` and it will behave
like a global and users will not see the list view.

```ts
multiTenantPlugin({
  collections: {
    navigation: {
      isGlobal: true,
    },
  },
})
```
2025-01-15 14:47:46 -05:00
Elliot DeNolf
592f02b3bf templates: bump for v3.17.1 (#10560)
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.17.1

Triggered by user: @denolfe

Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
2025-01-15 14:05:05 -05:00
Dan Ribbens
05b9d94cd2 fix: delete scheduled publish jobs when deleting documents (#10584)
### What?

When a document gets deleted we are not cleaning up jobs that would fail
if the document doesn't exist. This change makes an extra call to the DB
to delete any incomplete jobs for the document.

### Why?

The jobs queue will error and retry needlessly unless these are purged.

### How?

Adds a call to delete jobs from the delete operation.
2025-01-15 16:22:21 +00:00
Germán Jabloñski
d4039f2f9e chore: enable noUncheckedIndexedAccess in all packages except richtext-lexical (#10592)
richtext-lexical throws a lot of errors so it will need a separate PR
2025-01-15 16:09:10 +00:00
DracoBlue
7a392ddbff fix: UpsertArgs is not exported in payload (#9347)
### What?

While working on a custom database adapter (I know I am crazy for this)
I noticed that UpsertArgs is not exported when doing:

```
import {
  type UpsertArgs
} from 'payload'

```

it results in:

```
Error: src/index.ts(21,8): error TS2614: Module '"payload"' has no exported member 'UpsertArgs'. Did you mean to use 'import UpsertArgs from "payload"' instead?
```

### Why?

Because index.ts in packages/payload/src/index.ts includes Upsert but
not UpsertArgs in export.

### How?

Add the export from UpsertArgs back.
2025-01-15 10:56:54 -05:00
Germán Jabloñski
d55b6a3db9 chore: enable noImplicitOverride in all packages (#10588) 2025-01-15 10:06:40 +00:00
Sasha
9043b10792 fix(db-mongodb): incorrect errors logging due to invalid logic in handleError (#10575)
Previously, every error from MongoDB was logged as "Value must be
unique", as well the response code should not be `BAD_REQUEST` but
`INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR`. `throw error` preserves the original error so
it can be traced.
2025-01-15 11:02:09 +02:00
Alessio Gravili
ecf05725e6 fix(richtext-slate): link and upload extra field drawers did not render fields if collection has unrelated access control set (#10583)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9695
2025-01-15 08:11:24 +00:00
Dan Ribbens
918bd72335 chore: update mongodb-memory-server v9 -> v10 (#10556)
Updated version of mongodb-memory-server to 10.
2025-01-14 22:38:31 -05:00
Elliot DeNolf
4629784c99 ci(scripts): publish-canary script always bump minor, more realistic [skip ci][skip lint] 2025-01-14 21:16:11 -05:00
Germán Jabloñski
a304dc4b01 chore: make TypeScript strict in test folder. Simplify tsconfig (#10582)
This PR makes the "test" folder strict in typescript.

`pnpm build:test` before: Found 3275 errors in 174 files.
`pnpm build:test` after: Found 4912 errors in 268 files.

At some point we should bring that number to 0 and make it a requirement
in the CI. Currently `pnpm build:test` is not run anywhere in the CI.

Additionally, I took the opportunity to combine the duplicate
configurations from `tsconfig.json` and `tsconfig.typecheck.json` using
"extend".

declaration, declarationMap and sourceMap have been removed as they have
no reason to exist in noEmit.

The settings I left in `tsconfig.typecheck.json` are ones that I'm not
sure why they are there. Perhaps the file could be removed or at least
reduced further.
2025-01-14 20:00:00 -03:00
Alessio Gravili
8ab05b0c22 fix(richtext-lexical): setting hideInsertParagraphAtEnd to true did not hide insert paragraph button (#10581) 2025-01-14 22:16:39 +00:00
Germán Jabloñski
085c1d0cac chore: make TypeScript strict by default in packages and 7 packages stricter (#10579)
This PR modifies `tsconfig.base.json` by setting the following
strictness properties to true: `strict`, `noUncheckedIndexedAccess` and
`noImplicitOverride`.

In packages where compilation errors were observed, these settings were
opted out, and TODO comments were added to make it easier to track the
roadmap for converting everything to strict mode.

The following packages now have increased strictness, which prevents new
errors from being accidentally introduced:

- storage-vercel-blob
- storage-s3*
- storage-gcs
- plugin-sentry
- payload-cloud*
- email-resend*
- email-nodemailer*

*These packages already had `strict: true`, but now have
`noUncheckedIndexedAccess` and `noImplicitOverride`.

Note that this only affects the `/packages` folder, but not
`/templates`, `/test` or `/examples` which have a different `tsconfig`.
2025-01-14 21:39:40 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
61117ee5cb fix(richtext-lexical): inline blocks did not store nested fields correctly (#10578)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10555

Form state with nested fields was not unflattened before saving field
data to the node
2025-01-14 21:17:25 +00:00
Jacob Fletcher
05b03b2dcd fix: form state read access control args (#10576)
The `access.read` function executed within form state was missing the
`id` arg, and was also incorrectly setting `data` as `doc`. When
building form state, there is no concept of a "doc" because it is
possible to build form state using only a subset of fields. There is
"data", however, which represents the schema path at the entry point of
the function. Similarly, when building form state on within an
`onChange` function, for example, we do not send the original doc
through the request, which is what "doc" would represent. Instead, we
send either `data` or `formState`, both of which could represent a
_modified_ doc. This particular invocation of read access does not
effect the visibility of fields themselves, but rather their return
values from the form state endpoint. Field visibility is determined at
the request level.
2025-01-14 16:05:38 -05:00
Sasha
120735c55c fix: missing find collection versions REST endpoint (#10573)
The `/api/:collection/versions` endpoint was missing, added a test to
prevent regressions like this.
2025-01-14 20:35:32 +02:00
Germán Jabloñski
16ad7a671f fix(payload-cloud): add ts strict mode and fix a couple of wrong runtime behaviors (#10570) 2025-01-14 16:14:37 +00:00
Jacob Fletcher
31ae27b67d perf: significantly reduce form state response size by up to 3x (#9388)
This significantly optimizes the form state, reducing its size by up to
more than 3x and improving overall response times. This change also has
rolling effects on initial page size as well, where the initial state
for the entire form is sent through the request. To achieve this, we do
the following:
- Remove `$undefined` strings that are potentially attached to
properties like `value`, `initialValue`, `fieldSchema`, etc.
- Remove unnecessary properties like empty `errorPaths` arrays and empty
`customComponents` objects, which only need to exist if used
- Remove unnecessary properties like `valid`, `passesCondition`, etc.
which only need to be returned if explicitly `false`
- Remove unused properties like `isSidebar`, which simply don't need to
exist at all, as they can be easily calculated during render

## Results

The following results were gathered by booting up each test suite listed
below using the existing seed data, navigating to a document in the
relevant collection, then typing a single letter into the noted field in
order to invoke new form-state. The result is then saved to the file
system for comparison.

| Test Suite | Collection | Field | Before | After | Percentage Change |
|------|------|---------|--------|--------|--------|
| `field-perf` | `blocks-collection` | `layout.0.field1` | 227kB | 110
kB | ~52% smaller |
| `fields` | `array-fields` | `items.0.text` | 14 kB | 4 kB | ~72%
smaller |
| `fields` | `block-fields` | `blocks.0.richText` | 25 kB | 14 kB | ~44%
smaller |
2025-01-14 10:45:54 -05:00
Jessica Chowdhury
8217842bb3 docs: add section on localized access control (#10567) 2025-01-14 08:36:46 -05:00
Alessio Gravili
2e09da8a8c feat(richtext-lexical): add jsx and html converters for tab nodes (#10565) 2025-01-14 07:55:51 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
5d6c29f3df perf(richtext-lexical): ensure internal link nodes do not store url field, and vice versa (#10564)
Previously, the url field of a link was stored and outputted despite the
link being an internal link. This PR ensures that either the link url,
or the link doc is stored and outputted - never both.
2025-01-14 07:46:56 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
df4af70fb9 fix(richtext-lexical): ensure jsx and html converters do not output linebreak if editor is empty (#10563)
If you add text to the editor, then delete it using ctrl+a + delete, one
empty paragraph that cannot be removed remains in the editor state.

In order to account for this, we have a `hasText()` function - this,
however, was not used in our JSX and HTML converters. This caused the
converters to incorrectly output a linebreak if said empty editor state
was passed in.
2025-01-14 06:31:34 +00:00
Suphon T.
90e1843795 fix: basePath was not passed through if method was overriden (#10562)
Original issue: #10534 
The original issue was partially fixed by #10535, but it missed a case
that overrides a post method with get.
This PR passes the `basePath` to the overridden call.
2025-01-14 06:24:43 +00:00
Elliot DeNolf
5ee36fced3 ci: access sha in dispatch event 2025-01-13 21:12:30 -05:00
Elliot DeNolf
f306785eb2 ci: dispatch event 2025-01-13 21:02:26 -05:00
Alessio Gravili
6a6ef8f786 chore(richtext-lexical): add unit test that ensures lexical dependency checker is updated (#10561) 2025-01-14 01:50:28 +00:00
Elliot DeNolf
a865a902d5 chore(release): v3.17.1 [skip ci] 2025-01-13 19:57:13 -05:00
Alessio Gravili
878763b36d fix(richtext-lexical): incorrect lexical version in dependency checker (#10559) 2025-01-13 19:56:30 -05:00
Elliot DeNolf
3c29015887 chore(release): v3.17.0 [skip ci] 2025-01-13 16:24:41 -05:00
Alessio Gravili
9631060383 fix(richtext-lexical): error when deleting links (#10557)
When pressing the delete button in the floating link popup, the link was
not deleted and a console error was thrown
2025-01-13 21:11:18 +00:00
Elliot DeNolf
5cfb1daaae fix: respect res header immutability (#10554)
Properly respect and merge res headers.
2025-01-13 15:41:46 -05:00
Elliot DeNolf
9278eec2b6 fix: better messaging when no arg passed to payload cli (#10550)
Better error message when no argument is passed to `pnpm payload`.

Before:
```
Unknown script: "".
```

After:
```
Please provide a command to run
Available commands:
  - command-1
  - command-2
  - etc.
```
2025-01-13 20:13:54 +00:00
Germán Jabloñski
a3ef5eee7b fix(ui): reset pagination when typing in WhereBuilder select menu (#10551)
After working on this I found a more accurate way to reproduce the bug:

- in the issue repro, type a letter in the select menu.
- delete the letter and wait for the debounce (300ms)
- type another letter.
- in devtools, you should see that the query increases the pagination by
+1. With this change, the pagination is reset when the input changes.

Fixes #10496

I'd like to do integration testing. But since there is no isolated `/ui`
test yet, this requires some planning. I have it pending.
2025-01-13 16:43:04 -03:00
Dan Ribbens
f95d6ba94a feat: delete scheduled published events (#10504)
### What?

Allows a user to delete a scheduled publish event after it has been
added:

![image](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/79b1a206-c8a7-4ffa-a9bf-d0f84f86b8f9)

### Why?

Previously a user had no control over making changes once scheduled.

### How?

Extends the `scheduledPublishHandler` server action to accept a
`deleteID` for the event that should be removed and exposes this to the
user via the admin UI in a new column in the Upcoming Events table.
2025-01-13 19:41:38 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
6ada450531 fix(richtext-lexical): insert paragraph at end button overlaps floating link toolbar (#10552) 2025-01-13 19:41:14 +00:00
Elliot DeNolf
9004205b84 fix(cpa): proper debug logging (#10549)
Debug logs were improperly running without debug flag being passed.
2025-01-13 14:14:46 -05:00
Alessio Gravili
6757f7d459 feat(richtext-lexical): add new paragraph button below the editor (#10530)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10448


https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/dfcd4ab6-8e41-4a1b-b642-876a0737d9ae
2025-01-13 19:08:00 +00:00
Anthony Mifsud
2ae26d33e3 chore(cpa): fixes typo in messages.ts (#10342) 2025-01-13 19:07:11 +00:00
Ben Löffel
5043a8a43f docs: improves grammar in vercel postgres usage note (#10365)
Refined the grammar and structure of the usage note for
`vercelPostgresAdapter`. Replaced the ambiguous phrase "If when using"
with "If you are using" for better readability and clarity.
2025-01-13 13:36:39 -05:00
Jacob Fletcher
6848cf43ed fix(ui): passes serverProps to custom label components within table columns (#10547)
Continuation of #10540. Passes server props to custom label components
rendered within table columns, such as the list view. This way custom
server components can have access to `payload`, `i18n`, etc. as
expected.
2025-01-13 18:23:52 +00:00
Tristan
2e0595b170 fix(translations): update etTranslations type to DefaultTranslationsObject (#10358)
After merging this PR: https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10169
the estonian language pack has been published, but since the translation
type was not correct, it meant en wasn't used as a fallback lanugage,
which resulted the whole app to crash:
In the Browser the following error is shown, if Estonian language is
picked.
```
Error: Cannot read properties of undefined (reading 'default')
    at resolveErrorDev (webpack-internal:///(app-pages-browser)/./node_modules/.pnpm/next@15.1.3_react-dom@19.0.0_react@19.0.0__react@19.0.0_sass@1.77.4/node_modules/next/dist/compiled/react-server-dom-webpack/cjs/react-server-dom-webpack-client.browser.development.js:1792:63)
    at processFullStringRow (webpack-internal:///(app-pages-browser)/./node_modules/.pnpm/next@15.1.3_react-dom@19.0.0_react@19.0.0__react@19.0.0_sass@1.77.4/node_modules/next/dist/compiled/react-server-dom-webpack/cjs/react-server-dom-webpack-client.browser.development.js:2071:17)
    at processFullBinaryRow (webpack-internal:///(app-pages-browser)/./node_modules/.pnpm/next@15.1.3_react-dom@19.0.0_react@19.0.0__react@19.0.0_sass@1.77.4/node_modules/next/dist/compiled/react-server-dom-webpack/cjs/react-server-dom-webpack-client.browser.development.js:2059:7)
    at progress (webpack-internal:///(app-pages-browser)/./node_modules/.pnpm/next@15.1.3_react-dom@19.0.0_react@19.0.0__react@19.0.0_sass@1.77.4/node_modules/next/dist/compiled/react-server-dom-webpack/cjs/react-server-dom-webpack-client.browser.development.js:2262:17)
```

Fixes #

This is now fixed by adding the correct type to the translation object.
2025-01-13 13:10:11 -05:00
Jarrod Flesch
43b40f0b00 docs: updates docs to reflect correct array hook usage (#10546)
### What?
The documentation for `addFieldRow` and `replaceFieldRow` was not
updated during the v2 -> v3 update.

### How?
Updates the documentation for `addFieldRow` and `replaceFieldRow`.

Fixes #9244
2025-01-13 13:00:40 -05:00
Paul
c9584a932a fix(ui): scheduled publish not showing related events in postgres (#10481)
Since postgres uses number IDs by default, when we were storing the
relationship field value with postgres we weren't able to query it

This fixes that problem by casting the ID to always a string making it
safe for querying inside the JSON field
2025-01-13 12:35:27 -05:00
Simon Vreman
69fac593ca fix(richtext-lexical): remove alteration of lexical text format constant (#10415)
In PR https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/9507, which aims to
enable only used formats to be enabled in lexical, the
`TEXT_TYPE_TO_FORMAT` constant in the lexical library was altered. This
means it becomes impossible to create a feature relying on the
`highlight` format. I am of the opinion that this should not be the
case; and have used this for a lexical feature in one of my projects.
The type of `enabledFormats` of the `createClientFeature` function
should also be updated to reflect the availability of the format.

This PR aims to:
- Remove the alteration to the library constant
- Update type of `enabledFormats`
2025-01-13 14:14:03 -03:00
Amelia
415fbf1341 fix(ui): table custom label missing client field props (#10540)
Fixes #9663. The `field` prop was not passed to custom label components
within the list view table.

<img width="1366" alt="Screenshot 2025-01-13 at 16 05 34"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/efae9f92-ffad-46dd-aec8-e1f968f9f278"
/>

---------

Co-authored-by: Jacob Fletcher <jacobsfletch@gmail.com>
2025-01-13 16:58:46 +00:00
Jarrod Flesch
cc13ae77fb fix: aligns first render for hydration of dates in list view (#10541)
### What?
The list view was throwing a hydration error for date fields.

### Why?
The issue really stems from the fact that cells are client rendered. We
dynamically load the dateFNS Locale object at runtime to keep the bundle
size small — which makes sense. But on the first render that means we do
not have the Locale object from the known locale so the server/client
determines what to render it as. This causes a mismatch when hydrating.

In the future I think cells could be server rendered and that would
solve the need for this fix which adds "Loading..." while the dateFNS
Locale is loaded.

I think server rendering the cells would allow us to import the dateFNS
Locale inline (blocking) and then pass the rendered string down to the
list view. This should work because we **know** the locale on the
server.

### How?
In this PR, it adds a "Loading..." fallback for the date cell if the
dateFNS Locale has not loaded yet.

Fixes #10044
2025-01-13 11:45:05 -05:00
Jacob Fletcher
afcc970e36 fix(next): ensures req.locale is populated before running access control (#10533)
Fixes #10529. The `req.locale` property within collection and global
access control functions does not reflect the current locale. This was
because we were attaching the locale to the req only _after_ running
`payload.auth`, which attempts to get access control without a
fully-formed req. The fix is to first authenticate the user using the
`executeAuthStrategies` operation directly, then determine the request
locale with that user, and finally get access results with the proper
locale.
2025-01-13 10:33:27 -05:00
Paul
6b051bd59e feat: add ability to disable cache tags for admin thumbnails (#10319)
This PR adds `cacheTags: boolean` (default `true`) to allow users to
disable the appended document updatedAt value in the case of hosting
with third party CDNs which may not allow additional search params and
throw an error.

It also fixes how we append this value to consider the case where the
URL already contains parameters and appends it with `&` instead.

In the future `cacheTags` can be made an object to allow granularity for
disabling `eTag` headers used for caching as well.

The cache tag control should help with these two issues:
- Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9880
- Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9993

The appending of the value correctly addresses this:
- Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10139
2025-01-13 15:26:47 +00:00
Paul
082c4f0d71 fix(ui): fixed issue with updatedAt timestamps not updating in the UI when drafts are updated (#10503)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10436

Fixes an issue where drafts' updatedAt timestamp is not being updated.
We weren't updating the `versionData` to have the right timestamp in the
saveVersion operation when drafts were being updated.

Added e2e tests to make sure 'Last Modified' is always different in both
autosave and non-autosave drafts.
2025-01-13 09:01:34 -06:00
Germán Jabloñski
0252681313 fix(richtext-lexical): combine 2 normalizeMarkdown implementations and fix code block regex (#10470)
This should fix it https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10387

I don't know why we had 2 different copies of normalizeMarkdown.

Also, the most up-to-date one still had a bug where lines were
considered as if they were inside codeblocks when they weren't.

How I tested that it works:

1. I copied the `normalizeMarkdown` implementation from this PR into the
website repo, and made sure it is called before the conversion to
editorState.
2. In the admin panel, sync docs.
3. In the admin panel, refresh mdx to lexical (new button, below sync
docs).
4. Look for the examples from bug #10387 and verify that they have been
resolved.

An extra pair of eyes would be nice to make sure I'm not getting
confused with the imports.
2025-01-13 14:51:26 +00:00
Jarrod Flesch
690e99f2f9 feat: consolidates logic in update and updateByID operations (#9998)
### What?
Consolidates logic in update and updateByID. These two operations used a
lot of the same core functionality. This is a QOL improvement for future
features/fixes on each operation. You will not need to make changes to
both operations now.

### Why?
Recently we released a feature for `publishSpecificLocale` and that was
only implemented on the updateByID operation. I think future
enhancements and fixes may suffer the same treatment.

### How?
Moves shared logic into a new file with a function called
`updateDocument`.
2025-01-13 09:28:25 -05:00
Sasha
04a8083658 fix: rest api with Next.js basePath option (#10535)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10534
2025-01-13 09:37:50 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
ab564d3731 feat(richtext-lexical): respect imageURL for blocks and inline blocks (#10532)
Block and inline block icons in the slash menu / toolbars can now be
customized:

![CleanShot 2025-01-12 at 19 41
09@2x](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/80f8bbac-0ad8-43fc-8a6c-eae055a8ebbc)
2025-01-13 03:49:10 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
26711a7a55 fix(richtext-lexical): editor placeholder had incorrect padding set for small viewports (#10531)
Before:
![CleanShot 2025-01-12 at 19 01
56@2x](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/7f35bb0f-0dad-4976-8205-feef3a073914)

After: 
![CleanShot 2025-01-12 at 18 59
36@2x](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/0b34caea-f7bf-4312-a4bb-de508d2c056c)
2025-01-13 02:15:44 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
142c504a46 refactor: improve error logging during onInit and website template seed (#10528)
This PR ensures that onInit and website template seed errors are logged
properly
2025-01-13 01:14:13 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
9b6cdd0cd1 ci: fix e2e test suite retries not working (#10525)
We were deleting the test/packed folder without resetting the
test/package.json.
2025-01-12 21:39:31 +00:00
Said Akhrarov
dc6d79e76e fix(richtext-lexical): adds support for localized placeholder (#10523)
### What?
This PR fixes a minor issue in `richtext-lexical` where editor
placeholders were not localized.

### Why?
To allow users to localize placeholders accordingly with their language
preferences in config.

### How?
By evaluating the placeholder in the editor RSC, if any is provided. The
`ContentEditable` component falls back to a default in the event that no
placeholder was provided as this was the existing behavior.

Fixes #10518
2025-01-12 21:28:10 +00:00
Jacob Fletcher
c850bd4b28 chore(next): cleans up initPage through initReq overrides and consolidated return types (#10449)
The `req` object returned from `initReq` does not include the `user`
property, and instead returned `user` and `i18n` _alongside_ the req
(and in the case of `i18n`, duplicately, as it was _also_ on the req).
Now, these properties exist directly on the req itself as expected. The
`initPage` function was also unnecessary instantiating a new local req
object just to override the `headers`, `url`, and `query` properties.
Instead of doing this, we now support overriding properties upon
instantiating a new req, bypassing the need to create an entirely new
object.
2025-01-11 00:00:31 -05:00
Paul
d20dc5806b templates: fix issue with shadcn utilities alias across website template and localization example (#10507)
Fixes the utilities alias used by shadcn to a specific file renamed to
`ui.ts` from `cn.ts` since there may be other utilities installed by
shadcn depending on the components the user installs.

Co-Authored-By: Q.Tran <quan.tran@metro.digital>
2025-01-10 17:44:13 -06:00
Alessio Gravili
fd96a9afe3 fix(richtext-lexical): lexical editor behind a drawer was incorrectly registered as parent editor of lexical editor within drawer (#10502)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10462

This behavior caused the fixed toolbar of the lexical editor within the
drawer to trigger overlap behavior of the fixed toolbar belonging to the
lexical editor behind the drawer.

Editors within drawers should be treated as separate, instead of being
able to form parent-child relationships between editors behind or in
nested drawers
2025-01-10 22:48:05 +00:00
Sasha
1af7d8745c fix: localized tabs with empty data and an array field inside lead to crash in afterChange (#10410)
Previously, this config:
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'

export const tabSlug = 'tabs'

export const Tab: CollectionConfig = {
  slug: tabSlug,
  fields: [
    {
      type: 'tabs',
      tabs: [
        {
          name: 'tabLocalized',
          localized: true,
          fields: [
            {
              name: 'title',
              type: 'text',
            },
            {
              name: 'array',
              type: 'array',
              fields: [
                {
                  name: 'title',
                  type: 'text',
                },
              ],
            },
          ],
        },
      ],
    },
  ],
}

```
This call
```ts
const result = await payload.create({
  collection: tabSlug,
  locale: englishLocale,
  data: {
    tabLocalized: {},
  },
})
```

Led to the following crash with the MongoDB adapter
<img width="741" alt="image"
src="https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/8d1d37de-a685-4a30-bd37-58af164108a2"
/>

This is due to how Mongoose, apparently just ignores the `minimize:
false` configuration
a83a430a3a/packages/db-mongodb/src/models/buildSchema.ts (L571)
and we, instead of `tabLocalized: { en: { } }` receive just
`tabLocalized: {}`.

This isn't an issue with group fields because we have fallback for them

a83a430a3a/packages/payload/src/fields/hooks/afterChange/promise.ts (L203)

This PR adds the same for tabs.
2025-01-11 00:37:23 +02:00
Alessio Gravili
04733f0db1 feat(richtext-lexical): upgrade lexical from 0.20.0 to 0.21.0. Fixes table selection & scrollable table bugs (#10501)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/8036

This PR upgrades lexical from 0.20.0 to 0.21.0. As stated in the docs,
please ensure you're using our re-exported lexical packages instead of
installing lexical directly. E.g., import from
`@payloadcms/richtext-lexical/lexical` instead of `lexical`. Direct
lexical imports are not supported and may break.

This PR ports over all relevant PRs from the lexical playground that
have been pushed between 0.20.0 and 0.21.0. This includes a lot of bug
fixes related to tables, specifically scrollable tables and table
selection.
2025-01-10 14:13:06 -07:00
Elliot DeNolf
a49f7824ad templates: bump for v3.16.0 (#10499)
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.16.0

Triggered by user: @denolfe

Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
2025-01-10 14:30:38 -05:00
Elliot DeNolf
d265c26049 chore(release): v3.16.0 [skip ci] 2025-01-10 14:12:06 -05:00
Sasha
e46ad67c3b chore: update year in licenses (#10463)
Happy New Year!
2025-01-10 14:05:37 -05:00
Jacob Fletcher
f4596fc82b fix(ui): disables form during locale change (#8705)
Editing fields during a locale change on slow networks can lead to
changes being reset when the new form state is returned. This is because
the fields receive new values from context when the new locale loads in,
which may have occurred _after_ changes were made to the fields. The fix
is to subscribe to a new `localeIsLoading` context which is set
immediately after changing locales, and then reset once the new locale
loads in. This also removes the misleading `@deprecated` flag from the
`useLocale` hook itself.
2025-01-10 14:03:36 -05:00
Alessio Gravili
4fc6956617 fix(richtext-lexical): respect defaultValue config of link feature url and linkType fields (#10498)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10444
2025-01-10 18:08:28 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
e0df0d67ca fix(richtext-lexical): properly handle error if blocks or inline blocks are not found (#10497)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10445

Previously, if a block or inline block was part of the editor data that
did not exist in the config, an error would be thrown that rendered the
entire editor unusable.

Now, the error is handled gracefully and displayed within the block,
allowing users to remove the block in order to fix the issue.

![CleanShot 2025-01-10 at 10 17
14@2x](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/7d1c97bc-8c7b-451d-a6dc-e46d39dfb0f5)
2025-01-10 17:46:19 +00:00
Sepiolina
8d5d2d1d37 fix(richtext-lexical): update Thai translations for blockquote and horizontal rule (#10469)
**Description:**

- [x] Replaces the [SKIPPED] entry with the correct translation for
"Blockquote".
- [x] I have read and understand the CONTRIBUTING.md document in this
repository.

**Type of Change:**

- [x] Bug fix (non-breaking change which fixes an issue).


**Fixes:**  

1. fix the translation issue by replacing the [SKIPPED] entry with the
correct Thai translation for "Blockquote". Which I choose
"ข้อความอ้างอิง" However one might prefer other form of translation like
"คำอ้างอิง" or "กล่องข้อความอ้างอิง" which represent the 'block' with in
the 'Blockquote'
2. corrects the Thai translation for "Horizontal Rule." The translation
has been changed from "กฎแนวนอน," which was a mistranslation, to
"เส้นขอบแนวนอน" to better reflect the meaning of "Horizontal Rule" as a
visual divider or border.
2025-01-10 08:21:51 +00:00
Steve Kuznetsov
21eec876c4 docs: update beforeValidate documentation (#10367)
docs: update beforeValidate documentation

These hooks operate similarly across the different contexts they can be
registered in, but were not sufficiently documented as such.

Signed-off-by: Steve Kuznetsov <stekuznetsov@microsoft.com>
2025-01-10 08:15:44 +00:00
Steve Kuznetsov
a8d6f3f543 docs: update draft doc for formatting (#10393)
I think some automatic formatter added the `{' '}` styling, it doesn't
render correctly. Update the formatting for this banner to remove it and
correctly refer to the `_status` field.

---------

Signed-off-by: Steve Kuznetsov <stekuznetsov@microsoft.com>
2025-01-10 08:14:29 +00:00
Adrian Maj
83bd0e2e4c docs: removed unnecessary visible <br/> tag in fields/blocks (#10456)
There was a `<br/>` tag, which was visible on the docs page. Also, I
removed spacing from the second tip box, to keep in consistent with tips
in other places in docs.
2025-01-10 08:10:31 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
4c96028e87 fix(richtext-lexical): allow external state mutation of block node from outside the form (#10486)
Previously, updates of the node fields from outside the form using
setFields did not trigger re-fetching the initial state, and thus
providing updated values to the form. This is to avoid unnecessary
re-renders of the form and unnecessary requests when setFields is
triggered from within the form.

This PR resets the initial state, thus triggering a re-render and
re-fetch of the initial state, if node.setFields is called from outside
the form. This preserves the performance optimization
2025-01-10 01:03:51 -07:00
Sasha
225c24da99 fix: collection access endpoint optional ID and use 404 for not found response (#10487)
The collection access endpoint, apparently, can be used without an ID as
well and the correct status code in `notFoundResponse` was missing.
Huge thanks to @akhrarovsaid
2025-01-10 07:35:24 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
d8f4f06b58 fix: do not autorun jobs during next build process (#10483)
This PR auto-runs jobs only when an admin route is visited. This
solution is only temporary, as it will not work for deployments without
the admin panel that should run jobs
2025-01-09 17:38:30 -07:00
Germán Jabloñski
bdb96ddbcc fix(richtext-lexical): inline Block drawers opened when document mounts (#10480)
Fixes #10439
2025-01-09 20:54:09 +00:00
Sasha
686e48d171 feat: consolidates REST API handling, decouple from next.js (#10466)
This PR improves how we handle REST API.
Problems before:
* `packages/next/src/routes/rest/*` had a huge amount of code that
didn't depend on next.js at all.
* `packages/next/src/routes/rest/index.ts` itself was not only huge but
also really hard to follow. Every method (`GET`, `POST` etc. was almost
full copy of another).
* `packages/next/src/utilities` had some utilities like
`headersWithCors` or `createPayloadRequest` that again, weren't depend
on next.js and potentially can be used outside of next.js.

Now:
All the logic that's not related to next.js now is inside
`packages/payload`, `packages/next/src/routes/rest/index.ts` now is only
_40_ lines instead of 900+
Functions like `headersWithCors` are now implemented and exported in
`payload`. To keep bc, we re-export them from the same path but marked
as `@deprecated`.

You can attach Payload REST API to any backend framework that uses Fetch
API (like Remix / SolidStart / Bun / Hono) if you don't need the admin
panel in your server instance, but you still want to have REST API. The
main function [`handleEndpoints`

](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10466/files#diff-82e97630068f9fc40256f3f46e06226215ab150d16012281810586b51b0cfd51R28)
accepts `Request` and returns `Response`.
It's also doable with Express, but you'd have to convert node.js'
req/res to fetch.
2025-01-09 15:34:03 -05:00
Jacob Fletcher
ae1542be26 feat: exports ListPreferences from payload (#10474)
The `ListPreferences` and `ColumnPreferences` types were defined
multiple times in different places, making it difficult to make changes
across the board. Now, the `ListPreferences` type is exported directly
from `payload` alongside the other preferences types, and
`ColumnPreferences` has been merged directly into this type to simplify
usage as this is not a standalone preference.
2025-01-09 12:36:23 -05:00
Alessio Gravili
34a0d006cf fix(payload-cloud): infinite recursion on init (#10467) 2025-01-09 08:34:31 -07:00
Jacob Fletcher
a78bc6c65e fix(next): properly instantiates locale context (#10451)
Currently, unless a locale is present in the URL search params, the
locale context is instantiated using the default locale until prefs load
in client-side. This causes the locale selector to briefly render in
with the incorrect (default) locale before being replaced by the proper
locale of the request. For example, if the default locale is `en`, and
the page is requested in `es`, the locale selector will flash with
English before changing to the correct locale, even though the page data
itself is properly loaded in Spanish. This is especially evident within
slow networks.

The fix is to query the user's locale preference server-side and thread
it into the locale provider to initialize state. Because search params
are not available within server layouts, we cannot pass the locale param
in the same way, so we rely on the provider itself to read them from the
`useSearchParams` hook. If present, this takes precedence over the
user's preference if it exists.

Since the root page also queries the user's locale preference to
determine the proper locale across navigation, we use React's cache
function to dedupe these function calls and ensure only a single query
is made to the db for each request.
2025-01-08 23:57:42 -05:00
Germán Jabloñski
36e50dd6a6 feat(payload-cloud): set up cron jobs on init (#10106)
If the user has tasks configured, we set up cron jobs on init.
We also make sure to only run on one instance using a instance
identifier stored in a global.

This adds a new property to the payloadCloudPlugin: `jobs`.
2025-01-08 23:30:32 -05:00
Jacob Fletcher
6a262ab809 fix: properly validates preferences json (#10465)
It is currently possible to set all types of valid JSON within the
`payload-preferences` collection via the REST API, but not the Local
API. For example, locales are currently saved as plain strings to the
`value` field, something that is only possible through REST. This is
because there is a custom POST handler that submits the data directly to
the db using the update operation itself, bypassing typical `json` field
validation. However, when using the Local API, it does not behave in the
same way, and throws a validation error instead. The fix is to add a
custom `validate` function to this field that attempts to parse the
value, and if it succeeds, returns true. This way both APIs behave the
same.
2025-01-08 23:19:50 -05:00
Dan Ribbens
3349a4c5e5 fix: schedule publish allowed before saving draft (#10461)
### What?

In the scheduled publish feature, it is possible to open the modal to
schedule publishing a document even before you have saved a draft. This
change removes the option to open the drawer to even attempt this.
This also fixes an issue if you do not have permission to publish, you
cannot schedule publish either.

### Why?

There were numerous problems:
1. The schedule publish events would show all other publish events for
the collection without an ID in the query
2. Scheduling a publish would not work without an ID for a document to
publish

### How?
Removes the Schedule Publish menu item and drawer if you are on a
collection without an ID or you do not have permission to publish.

Without an ID:
![Screenshot 2025-01-08
162850](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/fae0b8d4-6dac-45d7-a565-63fede7aa372)

With an ID:
![Screenshot 2025-01-08
162918](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/c1f4d4f5-1321-43c1-991d-29747db1685d)

Perviously, you would always have the option to Schedule Publish.
2025-01-08 23:18:25 -05:00
Dan Ribbens
81c1e47747 feat: export the default JWTAuthentication strategy (#10430)
### What?
Export the default Payload JWTAuthentication strategy function for
extending and using in your own custom auth strategies that need to rely
on JWT.

### Why?
This makes it more simple to implement your own custom auth strategy.
All you need to do is set a valid JWT token as a cookie and then import
the default auth strategy so that the user will be recognized.

### How?
Exports the function and makes it reusable by adding a to the args a
strategyName prop. In the `executeAuthStrategies` function we assign the
strategyName from the configured `auth.strategies` own `name` property.
2025-01-08 23:18:07 -05:00
Paul
5318d24601 chore(templates): generate new migrations for vercel (#10458) 2025-01-08 20:40:52 +00:00
Paul
d9ff2e08dc templates: adjusted the cron job schedule so its compatible with hobby tiers as well (#10457) 2025-01-08 20:14:56 +00:00
Germán Jabloñski
c0dc0cca37 feat: autoRun jobs (#10401)
This pull request introduces the ability to configure cron jobs for
automatically running tasks in the job queue.
2025-01-08 14:51:26 -05:00
Paul
7321f9f3d5 templates: add support for scheduled publish to the website template [no lint] (#10455)
Adds configuration for vercel cron jobs and scheduled publish/unpublish
in website templates
2025-01-08 13:43:47 -06:00
Jarrod Flesch
17e7ee2315 fix(ui): stale doc status when publishing, reverting and unpublishing (#10405)
### What?
The status indicator was not updating properly when users were clicking
"unpublish" and "revert changes"

### Why?
hasPublishedDoc, unpublishedVersionCount and
mostRecentVersionIsAutosaved states were not being updated properly.

### How?
This PR updates the variables when interacting with the status actions
and sets mostRecentVersionIsAutosaved to false when the publish button
is clicked.

Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/9531
2025-01-08 10:10:48 -05:00
Patrik
9701fc6970 fix(ui): removes edit drawer button from uploads collection edit view (#10426)
### What?

Previously, the `uploads` collection edit view contained an unnecessary
button in the file details which allowed opening the same document in a
drawer.

### Why?

This button was left over from `v2` when it was originally built to
allow editing of uploads from different collection edit views that had
`upload` type fields (relationship) within them.

This edit drawer button is now a separate button on the Upload
relationship component
[here](4d7587d26a/packages/ui/src/fields/Upload/RelationshipContent/index.tsx (L109)).

### How?

Removes edit drawer button from the FileDetails component.

#### Before:
![Screenshot 2025-01-07 at 1 49
18 PM](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/50b2e789-69e7-47a5-99b8-ddbe1bf42f03)

#### After:
![Screenshot 2025-01-07 at 1 47
51 PM](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/31a56aac-cb96-4fda-bad5-00759820da02)
2025-01-08 09:06:50 -05:00
Jarrod Flesch
ac97bfdc47 chore: import copy icon from nested folder (#9223)
Corrects imports in templates to go directly to
`@payloadcms/ui/path-to-file` instead of using the barrel export.
2025-01-08 08:37:29 -05:00
Elliot DeNolf
81188fc8bb chore(release): v3.15.1 [skip ci] 2025-01-07 21:49:22 -05:00
Elliot DeNolf
7a21b44bbf fix: vercel upload adapter warning false positive (#10434)
Adjust logic for warning message.
2025-01-07 21:47:49 -05:00
Jacob Fletcher
b09275419a fix: deprecates admin.disable property (#10429)
Fixes #10284. The `admin.disable` property is no longer supported as of
v3. Instead, to opt-out of serving the Admin Panel, REST API, or GraphQL
API, you must delete their corresponding directories within your Next.js
app. For example, to opt-out of everything, delete the `/app/(payload)`
directory entirely. Or to remove specifically the Admin Panel or API
routes, delete the `/app/(payload)/admin` or `/app/(payload)/api`
directories, respectively. Note: if you've modified the default paths
for these routes via `admin.routes`, delete those directories instead.
2025-01-07 20:28:05 +00:00
Germán Jabloñski
4d7587d26a fix(richtext-lexical): fix default arg in normalizeMarkdown (#10424)
Fix https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10387

The default argument was true and then in the nested function false.
2025-01-07 13:26:19 -05:00
Elliot DeNolf
a5443a1c6c chore(release): v3.15.0 [skip ci] 2025-01-07 12:46:11 -05:00
Alessio Gravili
08fb159943 feat: allow running sub-tasks from tasks (#10373)
Task handlers now receive `inlineTask` as an arg, which can be used to
run inline sub-tasks. In the task log, those inline tasks will have a
`parent` property that points to the parent task.

Example:

```ts
{
        slug: 'subTask',
        inputSchema: [
          {
            name: 'message',
            type: 'text',
            required: true,
          },
        ],
        handler: async ({ job, inlineTask }) => {
          await inlineTask('create two docs', {
            task: async ({ input, inlineTask }) => {
            
              const { newSimple } = await inlineTask('create doc 1', {
                task: async ({ req }) => {
                  const newSimple = await req.payload.create({
                    collection: 'simple',
                    req,
                    data: {
                      title: input.message,
                    },
                  })
                  return {
                    output: {
                      newSimple,
                    },
                  }
                },
              })

              const { newSimple2 } = await inlineTask('create doc 2', {
                task: async ({ req }) => {
                  const newSimple2 = await req.payload.create({
                    collection: 'simple',
                    req,
                    data: {
                      title: input.message,
                    },
                  })
                  return {
                    output: {
                      newSimple2,
                    },
                  }
                },
              })
              return {
                output: {
                  simpleID1: newSimple.id,
                  simpleID2: newSimple2.id,
                },
              }
            },
            input: {
              message: job.input.message,
            },
          })
        },
      } as WorkflowConfig<'subTask'>
```

Job log example:

```ts
[
  {
    executedAt: '2025-01-06T03:55:44.682Z',
    completedAt: '2025-01-06T03:55:44.684Z',
    taskSlug: 'inline',
    taskID: 'create doc 1',
    output: { newSimple: [Object] },
    parent: { taskSlug: 'inline', taskID: 'create two docs' }, // <= New
    state: 'succeeded',
    id: '677b5440ba35d345d1214d1b'
  },
  {
    executedAt: '2025-01-06T03:55:44.690Z',
    completedAt: '2025-01-06T03:55:44.692Z',
    taskSlug: 'inline',
    taskID: 'create doc 2',
    output: { newSimple2: [Object] },
    parent: { taskSlug: 'inline', taskID: 'create two docs' }, // <= New
    state: 'succeeded',
    id: '677b5440ba35d345d1214d1c'
  },
  {
    executedAt: '2025-01-06T03:55:44.681Z',
    completedAt: '2025-01-06T03:55:44.697Z',
    taskSlug: 'inline',
    taskID: 'create two docs',
    input: { message: 'hello!' },
    output: {
      simpleID1: '677b54401e34772cc63c8693',
      simpleID2: '677b54401e34772cc63c8697'
    },
    parent: {},
    state: 'succeeded',
    id: '677b5440ba35d345d1214d1d'
  }
]
```
2025-01-07 17:24:00 +00:00
Paul
ab53ababc8 fix(ui): drawer component missing closing bracket in style calc (#10411) 2025-01-07 16:25:32 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
b774f557be docs: minor lexical docs improvements (#10414) 2025-01-07 16:22:40 +00:00
Boyan Bratvanov
7fc6227310 fix(richtext-lexical): make div container optional (#10383)
Makes the wrapper container `<div class='payload-richtext'>` optional.
This is useful when importing and re-using the `<RichText/>` component
as part of another custom component already providing a container.
2025-01-07 09:55:50 -06:00
Alessio Gravili
827c75a3d2 fix(richtext-lexical): formatted inline code resulted in incorrect markdown export (#10413)
If the following markdown:

```md
**`text`**
```

was imported and then re-exported, the result was

```md
`**text**`
```

Which would have been rendered as

```html
<code>**text**</code>
```

Instead of

```html
<strong><code>text</code></strong>
```
2025-01-07 06:13:00 +00:00
Jacob Fletcher
5991a2e60f test: fixes flaky localization e2e once and for all (#10406)
The localization e2e test is notorious for flaking, consuming a lot of
time and resources continually retrying. This was because the test was
attempting to click DOM elements using selectors that never resolve, or
attempting to click inaccessible DOM nodes such as those behind a modal.
The fix is to ensure that the dot nav, for example, is disabled while
form state loads, and that modals are properly closed prior to executing
subsequent tests, etc. Tests also needed to explicitly check for
_enabled_ states before performing click actions, rather than simply
awaiting their visibility.
2025-01-07 04:45:38 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
ef7191b39a fix(next): live preview tab did not display custom edit view components (#10412)
This PR passes them through the same way it's done in the default edit
view tab
2025-01-07 03:13:38 +00:00
Paul
c7f21fc2e2 fix(email-resend): add reply_to to the API when sending emails (#10407)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10361

Adds reply_to to the resend mapping
2025-01-06 23:54:32 +00:00
Jacob Fletcher
a83a430a3a fix(ui): sort resets columns (#10402)
Fixes #10018. When toggling columns, then sorting them, the table is
reset to the collection's default columns instead of the user's
preferred columns. This is because when sorting columns, a stale
client-side cache of the user's preferences is used to update their sort
preference. This is because when column state is constructed
server-side, it completely bypasses the client-side cache. To fix this,
sort preferences are now also set on the server right alongside column
preferences, which performs an upsert-like operation to ensure that no
existing preferences are lost.
2025-01-06 16:57:19 -05:00
Amir Aryan
df827c0fdd chore(examples): set HTML dir attribute for RTL locales #10344 (#10345)
fix [#10344](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10344)

The template was missing defining direction.

direction property is necessary because HTML direction will be LTR for
RTL languages by default.
2025-01-06 14:40:22 -06:00
Paul
398b6096f2 templates: fix nested docs url generation for categories (#10403)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10374
2025-01-06 14:18:54 -06:00
Patrik
eadce5ea57 fix: extends type all to the locale type definition in req (#10399)
### What?

If you query with all locales using the `'all'` value for locales, the
`req.locale` value is `'all'` but the type definition only contains the
available locales.

### Why?

The `CustomPayloadRequestProperties.locale` property was only being
typed as `TypedLocale` and was not extending `'all'.`

### How?

Extends type all to the locale type definition in req

Fixes #10244
2025-01-06 15:18:08 -05:00
Elliot DeNolf
f629709797 fix: increase safety of findConfig (#10400)
If `@payload-config` is not set in tsconfig, findConfig could fail when
performing a `path.extname` on an undefined value.

Example error in this scenario:
```
TypeError [ERR_INVALID_ARG_TYPE]: The "path" argument must be of type string. Received undefined.
```
2025-01-06 14:11:11 -05:00
Germán Jabloñski
d772b2b7eb fix(richtext-lexical): modify JSXConvertersFunction type to support block types in strict mode (#10398)
Reproduction steps:
1. Set `strict: true` in `templates/website/tsconfig.json`
2. You will find a ts error in
`templates/website/src/components/RichText/index.tsx`.

This is because the blockType property of blocks is generated by Payload
as a literal (e.g. "mediaBlock") and cannot be assigned to a string.

To test this PR, you can make the change to `JSXConvertersFunction` in
node_modules of the website template
2025-01-06 18:01:38 +00:00
Elliot DeNolf
22c4dee5a0 feat: warn if deploying to vercel and any upload collection missing storage adapter (#10391)
A large number of users have been confused why their upload collection
doesn't work as expected when deploying to Vercel. This is because by
default, Payload uses local disk storage for file uploads - which will
not function properly in that environment.

This adds a warning if a user is deploying on Vercel, and they have any
upload collection missing an adapter - aka, writing to disk.
2025-01-06 16:21:07 +00:00
Sasha
c1abd16a7f templates: use cross-env in the plugin template to achieve compatibility with Windows (#10390)
### What?
Uses `cross-env` for the `dev:payload` script in the plugin template.

### Why?
To achieve compatibility with Windows. 

### How?
Adds `cross-env` as a dev dependency and modifies the `dev:payload`
script.
2025-01-06 18:00:12 +02:00
bakaptr
d2127335b9 fix: handle withoutEnlargement for undefined height or width (#10078)
<!--

Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.

Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.

The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:

- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change

-->

### What?

This patch implements the functionality in `imageResizer` to omit the
generation of the image when either width or height is undefined and
`withoutEnlargement` is set to `undefined`

### Why?

#9986: `withoutEnlargement` doesn't work when `height` is undefined in
`upload.imageSizes`

### How?

This code checks if `withoutEnlargement` is undefined and either
`targetWidth` or `targetHeight` is missing. If so, it further checks
whether the target dimensions (if provided) are larger than the original
image dimensions. If the target would enlarge the image, it returns
'omit', skipping the resizing to prevent enlargement

Fixes #9986

---------

Co-authored-by: Patrik Kozak <patrik@payloadcms.com>
2025-01-06 10:50:44 -05:00
Sasha
1525cc6e3a fix(db-postgres): handle undefined fallback for adapter.schemaName in relationships migration (#10384)
Fixes from https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/pull/10322
2025-01-06 15:19:21 +00:00
Boyan Bratvanov
53aea622f9 docs: fix all other links to live-preview example (#10385)
Continuation of #10380.
2025-01-06 10:15:25 -05:00
Elliot DeNolf
422e8e3620 chore(templates): unpin payload packages (#10386)
Unpin payload package versions in templates.

Generated w/ `pnpm script:gen-templates`
2025-01-06 10:07:53 -05:00
Nacho Martin
556b8ed393 fix(db-postgres): added missing quotes and schema name to sql statement in v2-v3 migration (#10322)
### What?

* Added missing schema name to the SQL statement
* Added missing quotes to the `parent_id`'s in the SQL statement

### Why?

* Migrations script isn't working for databases that don't use the
`public` schema
* They were missing, causing the database to throw an error.

### Fixes:

- [Discord
Discussion](https://discord.com/channels/967097582721572934/1319313926885736448)
- [Discord
Discussion](https://discord.com/channels/967097582721572934/1324352204915609661)
- [Discord
Discussion](https://discord.com/channels/967097582721572934/1323445259606429716)

---------

Co-authored-by: Sasha <64744993+r1tsuu@users.noreply.github.com>
2025-01-06 16:40:32 +02:00
Said Akhrarov
0ce7c666d2 templates: prevent plugin template from including nested next folder in git (#10364)
<!--

Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.

Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.

The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:

- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change

### What?

### Why?

### How?

Fixes #

-->
### What?
This PR adjusts the `.gitignore` file in the plugin template to prevent
tracking of the nested `.next` folder.

### Why?
The existing rule excludes a top-level `.next` folder. However, in the
plugin template, next generates the folder in `/dev` instead.

### How?
Adjusting `.gitignore` to consider that `.next` may be nested in
different folders.

Notes:
- Initially I made it explicit, after judging the rest of the file I
realized not everyone likes explicit rules so I simplified. Both
`**/.next/` & `.next/` should be functionally equivalent though.
2025-01-06 16:10:07 +02:00
Danilo Lemes
fd52de6d8f docs: fix CORS anchor link (#10333) 2025-01-06 08:26:49 -05:00
Boyan Bratvanov
1e247f8509 docs: fix link to live-preview example and remove empty placeholder (#10380) 2025-01-06 08:22:53 -05:00
Alessio Gravili
1a9fba5f00 chore: export RunInlineTaskFunction type (#10372) 2025-01-06 04:00:17 +00:00
Alessio Gravili
4a15b866e0 feat(next): pass through query params from document view to find operations (#10343)
Say you opened
`http://localhost:3000/admin/collections/posts/67786e917283ec71ce4ab058?branch=main`,
the `branch=main` query param would not be passed to the find operation.

This means that reading `req.query` in, say, an `afterRead` hook, you
would get an empty object back.

This PR threads through `query`, `search` and `searchParams` with the
main goal of making them accessible in hooks.

## Use-case

Custom branch selector component in a collection's edit view.

Select branch => `branch` query param is added to the URL.

Collection `afterRead` hook then fetches the respective content from
that branch (which it gets from `req.query`) and returns its data
2025-01-05 19:31:28 -07:00
Alessio Gravili
5ba477b810 chore(examples): remove outdated testing example (#10370)
This deletes the outdated testing example, as it has not been updated to
Payload v3 yet.

We can add it back in the future once we updated it. Generally, the
Next.js testing docs should now be valid:
https://nextjs.org/docs/app/building-your-application/testing. However,
it might still make sense to provide a v3 testing example to showcase
things like booting up an in-memory db
2025-01-06 00:43:53 +00:00
Jacob Fletcher
8d245283b3 chore(deps): bumps react-datepicker to v7.6.0 to suppress react 19 warnings (#10366) 2025-01-05 19:21:53 -05:00
Alessio Gravili
09d6c60e96 chore(richtext-lexical): improve block not found error message (#10348) 2025-01-04 05:16:26 +00:00
Said Akhrarov
5e4e27460e docs: fix links and formatting (#10346)
### What?
This PR fixes numerous links across the docs, both internal docs links
and external links. This PR also fixes some minor formatting issues in
some places, as well as optically aligns the markdown tables in tables
that had broken links.

### Why?
To properly link readers to the correct location in the docs, and for
better formatting and easier consumption.

### How?
Changes to many `.mdx` files in the `docs` folder.

Notes:
- There are duplicative section id's in `docs/authentication/email.mdx`,
I've fixed one such link, but have left it as is for now.
2025-01-03 21:41:33 -07:00
Germán Jabloñski
be84ad7bfa fix(ui): make relationship fields update the collection when it is changed in the drawer dropdown (#10338)
To reproduce the bug:
1. Within a Lexical editor, insert a relationship field.
2. In the drawer, change the selected collection.
3. The table below changes correctly, but the title and the "create new"
button quickly revert to the original option.


https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/e4b7c615-4b98-4c11-a4b9-a828606edb6f



<!--

Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.

Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.

The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:

- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change

### What?

### Why?

### How?

Fixes #

-->
2025-01-03 21:11:43 +00:00
James Mikrut
3ea1d393fd fix(ui): properly reflects hook changes in ui (#10268)
Fixes #9882 and #9691

In 2.0, we would accept data coming back from an update operation and
then reflect those changes in UI.

However, in 3.0, we did not do that anymore - meaning you could change a
document with hooks in `beforeChange` or `afterChange`, but then not see
the changes made on the server.

This PR updates the way that `mergeServerFormState` works, and adds a
property to optionally allow values from server form state - which can
then be used in the `onSuccess` form handler which may need to define
new field values.
2025-01-03 14:55:52 -05:00
Jacob Fletcher
b44aadee65 fix(ui): ensures list drawer does not change underlying step nav (#10339)
When opening the list drawer, such as when selecting an existing upload,
the underlying step nav of the document view changes but shouldn't.
2025-01-03 19:48:55 +00:00
Sasha
ba228dd0f3 fix: allow to set maxDepth: 0 for join fields, improve join field JSDoc (#10336)
Allows to set `maxDepth: 0` for join fields and improves JSDoc about
`maxDepth`, adds tests to confirm that
https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10243 is not an issue, but
just happens because the default `maxDepth` is `1`.
2025-01-03 14:25:19 -05:00
Sasha
c7b3204439 fix: copy to locale with localized arrays and blocks generate new IDs to prevent errors in postgres (#10292)
Fixes https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10093
2025-01-03 14:23:16 -05:00
Anders Semb Hermansen
d68a1eaafb fix(storage-vercel-blob): return 404 when file is not found (#10327)
### What

The vercel storage adapter returns a 500 internal server error when a
file is not found.
It's expected that it will return 404 when a file is not found.

### Why

The `head` function from vercel blob sdk does not return undefined when
a blob is not found, but throws an error as documented here:
https://vercel.com/docs/storage/vercel-blob/using-blob-sdk#head

### How

Check if exception thrown is of type BlobNotFoundError and return a 404
in that case.

### Testing

***Note***: I have not been able to test this inside payload itself as
I'm unable to build a package to test with. I have tested the
implementation outside. Is it possible to get a canary build so proper
testing with package can be done?

Fixes #10326
2025-01-03 13:52:32 -05:00
Jacob Fletcher
1f4790a314 chore(examples): removes all instances of React.forwardRef (#10334)
Similar to #10331. Since React 19, refs can now be passed directly
through props without the need for `React.forwardRef`. This greatly
simplifies components types and overall syntax.
2025-01-03 18:10:46 +00:00
Jacob Fletcher
47e8158d1e chore(templates): removes all instances of React.forwardRef (#10331)
Fixes #10325. Since React 19, refs can now be passed directly through
props without the need for `React.forwardRef`. This greatly simplifies
components types and overall syntax.
2025-01-03 17:39:31 +00:00
Said Akhrarov
1cade17440 feat(next): adds support for resetting preferences (#10304)
This PR adds a button to the `/account` view which allows users to reset
their preferences on-demand. This is to that editors can quickly reset their
preferences via the admin ui without the need of accessing the db directly,
which was simply not possible before. To do this, we add a new button at
the bottom of the account view which performs a standard `DELETE`
request using the REST API to the `'payload-preferences'` collection.

Related: #9949

Demo: [Posts-reset-prefs--Payload.webm](https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/560cbbe3-06ef-4b7c-b3c2-9702883b1fc6)
2025-01-03 12:08:15 -05:00
Germán Jabloñski
5997aa1c69 fix(richtext-lexical): open inline block drawer on mount (#10318)
fix #9816
2025-01-03 09:54:46 -07:00
Jacob Fletcher
f2fab39d67 fix(live-preview-react): allows react peer deps of v16.8.0 or later (#10328)
Since the `@payloadcms/live-preview-react` package could be installed
within headless front-ends, it does not necessarily need to be
restricted to only React 19. This package does not use any newer React
features since hooks were introduced in v16.8.0. For this reason, the
peer deps have been loosened to allow this and all other major versions
up to React 19. This change was first introduced in #6387.
2025-01-03 16:41:02 +00:00
Jarrod Flesch
e97c43eec3 fix: adds path to server field component prop types (#10330)
### What?
`path` was missing in server component prop types.

### How?
Adds a BaseFieldServerProps for each field type that accepts takes
`path` as a prop.
2025-01-03 11:03:27 -05:00
Patrik
38477184e0 fix(cpa): ensures .env & .env.example file modifications occur before git initialization (#10312)
### What?

Previously, `.env` & `.env.example` modifications during `cpa` occurred
after a project was initialized.

### Why?

As a result, these modifications would be seen as uncommitted
modifications in the project repo.

### How?

Now, we make these modifications in the `createProject` script before
the project is initialized.

Also, updates the **template** `.env.example` files to use the generic
db name `your-database-name` for better alignment & clarity.

Fixes #10232
2025-01-03 09:40:53 -05:00
Elliot DeNolf
daf314caea chore: change base image for template base dockerfile [skip ci] 2025-01-03 09:29:11 -05:00
Elliot DeNolf
3d5b9f031f templates: bump for v3.14.0 (#10324)
🤖 Automated bump of templates for v3.14.0

Triggered by user: @denolfe

Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
2025-01-03 09:23:11 -05:00
Elliot DeNolf
6dcf817c22 ci(scripts): create draft release with release script, cleanup [skip ci] 2025-01-03 09:00:01 -05:00
Elliot DeNolf
766b67f0be chore(release): v3.14.0 [skip ci] 2025-01-03 08:34:41 -05:00
Sasha
4e57054bb7 fix: ensure scheduled publish restriction (#10317) 2025-01-03 08:26:21 -05:00
Angel P.
d6d9edc304 docs: warn when using defaultPopulate on collections with uploads enabled (#10138)
When `defaultPopulate` is enabled without specifying `filename: true`
and `url: true` for collections with an upload field. The upload will
not have a valid URL when returned from Payload APIs and will instead be
returned with a value of `null`

<!--

Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make
sure you've completed all the steps.

Please review the
[CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)
document in this repository if you haven't already.

The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as
possible:

- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat:
my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not
immediately familiar with the code.
- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic
behind a change

### What?

### Why?

### How?

Fixes #

-->

---------

Co-authored-by: Sasha <64744993+r1tsuu@users.noreply.github.com>
2025-01-02 23:08:07 +00:00
Jacob Fletcher
b14935ce28 fix(ui): unable to find user field schemas when updating password (#10305)
When updating password within the account view, the server console
throws an error because it is unable to find the remaining user fields
when building form state. This was because the field schema map sets
these fields within its own `_users.auth` key, separate from the other
fields. When the form submits, it uses this key as the schema path,
which may not contain all user fields, even though it sends full
document data through the request.
2025-01-02 17:54:49 -05:00
Sasha
2e58a4ad27 fix: ensure loggingLevels is respected (#10308)
Issue https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/10272

Adds `logError` utility that can be used across the codebase for logging
errors
2025-01-02 21:42:08 +00:00
1446 changed files with 71106 additions and 37610 deletions

33
.github/CODEOWNERS vendored
View File

@@ -1,29 +1,26 @@
# Order matters. The last matching pattern takes precedence.
# Approvals are not required currently but may be enabled in the future.
### Package Exports ###
/**/exports/ @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens
**/exports/ @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens
### Packages ###
/packages/plugin-cloud*/src/ @denolfe
/packages/email-*/src/ @denolfe
/packages/storage-*/src/ @denolfe
/packages/create-payload-app/src/ @denolfe
/packages/eslint-*/ @denolfe @AlessioGr
/packages/plugin-cloud*/src/ @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens
/packages/email-*/src/ @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens
/packages/storage-*/src/ @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens
/packages/create-payload-app/src/ @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens
/packages/eslint-*/ @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens @AlessioGr
### Templates ###
/templates/_data/ @denolfe
/templates/_template/ @denolfe
/templates/_data/ @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens
/templates/_template/ @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens
### Build Files ###
/tsconfig.json @denolfe
/**/tsconfig*.json @denolfe
/jest.config.js @denolfe
/**/jest.config.js @denolfe
**/tsconfig*.json @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens @AlessioGr
**/jest.config.js @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens @AlessioGr
### Root ###
/package.json @denolfe
/scripts/ @denolfe
/.husky/ @denolfe
/.vscode/ @denolfe @AlessioGr
/.github/ @denolfe
/package.json @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens
/tools/ @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens
/.husky/ @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens
/.vscode/ @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens @AlessioGr
/.github/ @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens

View File

@@ -28,7 +28,6 @@
"eslint": "^7.32.0",
"jest": "^29.7.0",
"prettier": "^3.3.3",
"ts-jest": "^26.5.6",
"typescript": "^4.9.5"
}
}

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -28,7 +28,6 @@
"eslint": "^7.32.0",
"jest": "^29.7.0",
"prettier": "^3.3.3",
"ts-jest": "^26.5.6",
"typescript": "^4.9.5"
}
}

3576
.github/actions/triage/pnpm-lock.yaml generated vendored

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

24
.github/workflows/dispatch-event.yml vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
name: dispatch-event
on:
workflow_dispatch:
env:
PAYLOAD_PUSH_MAIN_EVENT: payload-push-main-event
jobs:
repository-dispatch:
name: Repository dispatch
runs-on: ubuntu-latest
steps:
- uses: actions/checkout@v4
- name: Dispatch event
if: ${{ github.event_name == 'workflow_dispatch' }}
uses: peter-evans/repository-dispatch@v3
with:
token: ${{ secrets.PAYLOAD_REPOSITORY_DISPATCH }}
repository: ${{ secrets.REMOTE_REPOSITORY }}
event-type: ${{ env.PAYLOAD_PUSH_MAIN_EVENT }}
client-payload: '{"event": {"head_commit": {"id": "${{ env.GITHUB_SHA }}"}}}' # mocked for testing
# client-payload: '{"event": ${{ toJson(github.event) }}}'

View File

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ concurrency:
cancel-in-progress: true
env:
NODE_VERSION: 22.6.0
NODE_VERSION: 23.6.1
PNPM_VERSION: 9.7.1
DO_NOT_TRACK: 1 # Disable Turbopack telemetry
NEXT_TELEMETRY_DISABLED: 1 # Disable Next telemetry
@@ -254,17 +254,246 @@ jobs:
if: matrix.database == 'supabase'
- name: Integration Tests
uses: nick-fields/retry@v3
run: pnpm test:int
env:
NODE_OPTIONS: --max-old-space-size=8096
PAYLOAD_DATABASE: ${{ matrix.database }}
POSTGRES_URL: ${{ env.POSTGRES_URL }}
tests-e2e:
runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
needs: [changes, build]
if: ${{ needs.changes.outputs.needs_tests == 'true' }}
name: e2e-${{ matrix.suite }}
strategy:
fail-fast: false
matrix:
# find test -type f -name 'e2e.spec.ts' | sort | xargs dirname | xargs -I {} basename {}
suite:
- _community
- access-control
- admin__e2e__general
- admin__e2e__list-view
- admin__e2e__document-view
- admin-root
- auth
- auth-basic
- joins
- field-error-states
- fields-relationship
- fields__collections__Array
- fields__collections__Blocks
- fields__collections__Checkbox
- fields__collections__Collapsible
- fields__collections__ConditionalLogic
- fields__collections__CustomID
- fields__collections__Date
- fields__collections__Email
- fields__collections__Indexed
- fields__collections__JSON
- fields__collections__Lexical__e2e__main
- fields__collections__Lexical__e2e__blocks
- fields__collections__Number
- fields__collections__Point
- fields__collections__Radio
- fields__collections__Relationship
- fields__collections__RichText
- fields__collections__Row
- fields__collections__Select
- fields__collections__Tabs
- fields__collections__Tabs2
- fields__collections__Text
- fields__collections__UI
- fields__collections__Upload
- live-preview
- localization
- locked-documents
- i18n
- plugin-cloud-storage
- plugin-form-builder
- plugin-nested-docs
- plugin-seo
- versions
- uploads
env:
SUITE_NAME: ${{ matrix.suite }}
steps:
- uses: actions/checkout@v4
- name: Node setup
uses: ./.github/actions/setup
with:
retry_on: any
max_attempts: 5
timeout_minutes: 15
command: pnpm test:int
on_retry_command: pnpm clean:build && pnpm install --no-frozen-lockfile
node-version: ${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
pnpm-version: ${{ env.PNPM_VERSION }}
pnpm-run-install: false
pnpm-restore-cache: false # Full build is restored below
pnpm-install-cache-key: pnpm-store-${{ hashFiles('**/pnpm-lock.yaml') }}
- name: Restore build
uses: actions/cache@v4
with:
path: ./*
key: ${{ github.sha }}-${{ github.run_number }}
- name: Start LocalStack
run: pnpm docker:start
if: ${{ matrix.suite == 'plugin-cloud-storage' }}
- name: Store Playwright's Version
run: |
# Extract the version number using a more targeted regex pattern with awk
PLAYWRIGHT_VERSION=$(pnpm ls @playwright/test --depth=0 | awk '/@playwright\/test/ {print $2}')
echo "Playwright's Version: $PLAYWRIGHT_VERSION"
echo "PLAYWRIGHT_VERSION=$PLAYWRIGHT_VERSION" >> $GITHUB_ENV
- name: Cache Playwright Browsers for Playwright's Version
id: cache-playwright-browsers
uses: actions/cache@v4
with:
path: ~/.cache/ms-playwright
key: playwright-browsers-${{ env.PLAYWRIGHT_VERSION }}
- name: Setup Playwright - Browsers and Dependencies
if: steps.cache-playwright-browsers.outputs.cache-hit != 'true'
run: pnpm exec playwright install --with-deps chromium
- name: Setup Playwright - Dependencies-only
if: steps.cache-playwright-browsers.outputs.cache-hit == 'true'
run: pnpm exec playwright install-deps chromium
- name: E2E Tests
run: PLAYWRIGHT_JSON_OUTPUT_NAME=results_${{ matrix.suite }}.json pnpm test:e2e:prod:ci ${{ matrix.suite }}
env:
PLAYWRIGHT_JSON_OUTPUT_NAME: results_${{ matrix.suite }}.json
NEXT_TELEMETRY_DISABLED: 1
- uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4
if: always()
with:
name: test-results-${{ matrix.suite }}
path: test/test-results/
if-no-files-found: ignore
retention-days: 1
# Disabled until this is fixed: https://github.com/daun/playwright-report-summary/issues/156
# - uses: daun/playwright-report-summary@v3
# with:
# report-file: results_${{ matrix.suite }}.json
# report-tag: ${{ matrix.suite }}
# job-summary: true
# Build listed templates with packed local packages
build-templates:
runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
needs: build
strategy:
matrix:
include:
- template: blank
database: mongodb
- template: website
database: mongodb
- template: with-payload-cloud
database: mongodb
- template: with-vercel-mongodb
database: mongodb
# Postgres
- template: with-postgres
database: postgres
- template: with-vercel-postgres
database: postgres
- template: plugin
# Re-enable once PG conncection is figured out
# - template: with-vercel-website
# database: postgres
name: ${{ matrix.template }}-${{ matrix.database }}
env:
POSTGRES_USER: postgres
POSTGRES_PASSWORD: postgres
POSTGRES_DB: payloadtests
steps:
- uses: actions/checkout@v4
- name: Node setup
uses: ./.github/actions/setup
with:
node-version: ${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
pnpm-version: ${{ env.PNPM_VERSION }}
pnpm-run-install: false
pnpm-restore-cache: false # Full build is restored below
pnpm-install-cache-key: pnpm-store-${{ hashFiles('**/pnpm-lock.yaml') }}
- name: Restore build
uses: actions/cache@v4
with:
path: ./*
key: ${{ github.sha }}-${{ github.run_number }}
- name: Start PostgreSQL
uses: CasperWA/postgresql-action@v1.2
with:
postgresql version: '14' # See https://hub.docker.com/_/postgres for available versions
postgresql db: ${{ env.POSTGRES_DB }}
postgresql user: ${{ env.POSTGRES_USER }}
postgresql password: ${{ env.POSTGRES_PASSWORD }}
if: matrix.database == 'postgres'
- name: Wait for PostgreSQL
run: sleep 30
if: matrix.database == 'postgres'
- name: Configure PostgreSQL
run: |
psql "postgresql://$POSTGRES_USER:$POSTGRES_PASSWORD@localhost:5432/$POSTGRES_DB" -c "CREATE ROLE runner SUPERUSER LOGIN;"
psql "postgresql://$POSTGRES_USER:$POSTGRES_PASSWORD@localhost:5432/$POSTGRES_DB" -c "SELECT version();"
echo "POSTGRES_URL=postgresql://$POSTGRES_USER:$POSTGRES_PASSWORD@localhost:5432/$POSTGRES_DB" >> $GITHUB_ENV
if: matrix.database == 'postgres'
- name: Start MongoDB
uses: supercharge/mongodb-github-action@1.11.0
with:
mongodb-version: 6.0
if: matrix.database == 'mongodb'
- name: Build Template
run: |
pnpm run script:pack --dest templates/${{ matrix.template }}
pnpm run script:build-template-with-local-pkgs ${{ matrix.template }} $POSTGRES_URL
env:
NODE_OPTIONS: --max-old-space-size=8096
tests-type-generation:
runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
needs: [changes, build]
if: ${{ needs.changes.outputs.needs_tests == 'true' }}
steps:
- uses: actions/checkout@v4
- name: Node setup
uses: ./.github/actions/setup
with:
node-version: ${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
pnpm-version: ${{ env.PNPM_VERSION }}
pnpm-run-install: false
pnpm-restore-cache: false # Full build is restored below
pnpm-install-cache-key: pnpm-store-${{ hashFiles('**/pnpm-lock.yaml') }}
- name: Restore build
uses: actions/cache@v4
with:
path: ./*
key: ${{ github.sha }}-${{ github.run_number }}
- name: Generate Payload Types
run: pnpm dev:generate-types fields
- name: Generate GraphQL schema file
run: pnpm dev:generate-graphql-schema graphql-schema-gen
all-green:
name: All Green
@@ -272,6 +501,13 @@ jobs:
runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
needs:
- lint
- build
- build-templates
- tests-unit
- tests-int
- tests-e2e
- tests-types
- tests-type-generation
steps:
- if: ${{ always() && (contains(needs.*.result, 'failure') || contains(needs.*.result, 'cancelled')) }}

View File

@@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ jobs:
plugin-cloud
plugin-cloud-storage
plugin-form-builder
plugin-multi-tenant
plugin-nested-docs
plugin-redirects
plugin-search

View File

@@ -28,8 +28,7 @@ jobs:
env:
NPM_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.NPM_TOKEN }}
- name: Canary release script
# dry run hard-coded to true for testing and no npm token provided
run: pnpm tsx ./scripts/publish-canary.ts
run: pnpm release:canary
env:
NPM_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.NPM_TOKEN }}
NPM_CONFIG_PROVENANCE: true

1
.gitignore vendored
View File

@@ -317,3 +317,4 @@ test/databaseAdapter.js
/filename-compound-index
/media-with-relation-preview
/media-without-relation-preview
/media-without-cache-tags

1
.npmrc
View File

@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
symlink=true
node-linker=isolated
hoist-workspace-packages=false # the default in pnpm v9 is true, but that can break our runtime dependency checks
save-prefix=''

41
.vscode/settings.json vendored
View File

@@ -1,34 +1,9 @@
{
"npm.packageManager": "pnpm",
"editor.defaultFormatter": "esbenp.prettier-vscode",
"[typescript]": {
"editor.defaultFormatter": "esbenp.prettier-vscode",
"editor.formatOnSave": true,
"editor.codeActionsOnSave": {
"source.fixAll.eslint": "explicit"
}
},
"[typescriptreact]": {
"editor.defaultFormatter": "esbenp.prettier-vscode",
"editor.formatOnSave": true,
"editor.codeActionsOnSave": {
"source.fixAll.eslint": "explicit"
}
},
"[javascript]": {
"editor.defaultFormatter": "esbenp.prettier-vscode",
"editor.formatOnSave": true,
"editor.codeActionsOnSave": {
"source.fixAll.eslint": "explicit"
}
},
"[json]": {
"editor.defaultFormatter": "esbenp.prettier-vscode",
"editor.formatOnSave": true
},
"[jsonc]": {
"editor.defaultFormatter": "esbenp.prettier-vscode",
"editor.formatOnSave": true
"editor.formatOnSave": true,
"editor.codeActionsOnSave": {
"source.fixAll.eslint": "explicit"
},
"editor.formatOnSaveMode": "file",
"eslint.rules.customizations": [
@@ -43,14 +18,10 @@
"typescript.tsdk": "node_modules/typescript/lib",
// Load .git-blame-ignore-revs file
"gitlens.advanced.blame.customArguments": ["--ignore-revs-file", ".git-blame-ignore-revs"],
"[javascript][typescript][typescriptreact]": {
"editor.codeActionsOnSave": {
"source.fixAll.eslint": "explicit"
}
},
"files.insertFinalNewline": true,
"jestrunner.jestCommand": "pnpm exec cross-env NODE_OPTIONS=\"--no-deprecation\" node 'node_modules/jest/bin/jest.js'",
"jestrunner.debugOptions": {
"runtimeArgs": ["--no-deprecation"]
}
},
// Essentially disables bun test buttons
"bun.test.filePattern": "bun.test.ts"
}

View File

@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Each test directory is split up in this way specifically to reduce friction when
The following command will start Payload with your config: `pnpm dev my-test-dir`. Example: `pnpm dev fields` for the test/`fields` test suite. This command will start up Payload using your config and refresh a test database on every restart. If you're using VS Code, the most common run configs are automatically added to your editor - you should be able to find them in your VS Code launch tab.
By default, payload will [automatically log you in](https://payloadcms.com/docs/authentication/overview#admin-autologin) with the default credentials. To disable that, you can either pass in the --no-auto-login flag (example: `pnpm dev my-test-dir --no-auto-login`) or set the `PAYLOAD_PUBLIC_DISABLE_AUTO_LOGIN` environment variable to `false`.
By default, payload will [automatically log you in](https://payloadcms.com/docs/authentication/overview#auto-login) with the default credentials. To disable that, you can either pass in the --no-auto-login flag (example: `pnpm dev my-test-dir --no-auto-login`) or set the `PAYLOAD_PUBLIC_DISABLE_AUTO_LOGIN` environment variable to `false`.
The default credentials are `dev@payloadcms.com` as E-Mail and `test` as password. These are used in the auto-login.

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
MIT License
Copyright (c) 2018-2024 Payload CMS, Inc. <info@payloadcms.com>
Copyright (c) 2018-2025 Payload CMS, Inc. <info@payloadcms.com>
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
import configPromise from '@payload-config'
import { getPayloadHMR } from '@payloadcms/next/utilities'
import { getPayload } from 'payload'
export const Page = async ({ params, searchParams }) => {
const payload = await getPayloadHMR({
const payload = await getPayload({
config: configPromise,
})
return <div>test ${payload?.config?.collections?.length}</div>

View File

@@ -252,16 +252,16 @@ export const canDeleteCustomer: Access = async ({ req, id }) => {
The following arguments are provided to the `delete` function:
| Option | Description |
| --------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Option | Description |
| --------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| **`req`** | The [Request](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Request) object with additional `user` property, which is the currently logged in user. |
| **`id`** | `id` of document requested to delete.
| **`id`** | `id` of document requested to delete. |
### Admin
If the Collection is used to access the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview#the-admin-user-collection), the `Admin` Access Control function determines whether or not the currently logged in user can access the admin UI.
To add Admin Access Control to a Collection, use the `admin` property in the [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
To add Admin Access Control to a Collection, use the `admin` property in the [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ The following arguments are provided to the `admin` function:
### Unlock
Determines which users can [unlock](/docs/authentication/operations#unlock) other users who may be blocked from authenticating successfully due to [failing too many login attempts](/docs/authentication/overview#options).
Determines which users can [unlock](/docs/authentication/operations#unlock) other users who may be blocked from authenticating successfully due to [failing too many login attempts](/docs/authentication/overview#config-options).
To add Unlock Access Control to a Collection, use the `unlock` property in the [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):

View File

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ desc: Field-level Access Control is specified within a field's config, and allow
keywords: fields, access control, permissions, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
---
Field Access Control is [Access Control](../overview) used to restrict access to specific [Fields](../fields/overview) within a Document.
Field Access Control is [Access Control](../access-control/overview) used to restrict access to specific [Fields](../fields/overview) within a Document.
To add Access Control to a Field, use the `access` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):

View File

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ desc: Global-level Access Control is specified within each Global's `access` pro
keywords: globals, access control, permissions, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
---
Global Access Control is [Access Control](../overview) used to restrict access to [Global](../configuration/globals) Documents, as well as what they can and cannot see within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) as it relates to that Global.
Global Access Control is [Access Control](../access-control/overview) used to restrict access to [Global](../configuration/globals) Documents, as well as what they can and cannot see within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) as it relates to that Global.
To add Access Control to a Global, use the `access` property in your [Global Config](../configuration/globals):

View File

@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ There are three main types of Access Control in Payload:
## Default Access Control
Payload provides default Access Control so that your data is secured behind [Authentication](../authentication) without additional configuration. To do this, Payload sets a default function that simply checks if a user is present on the request. You can override this default behavior by defining your own Access Control functions as needed.
Payload provides default Access Control so that your data is secured behind [Authentication](../authentication/overview) without additional configuration. To do this, Payload sets a default function that simply checks if a user is present on the request. You can override this default behavior by defining your own Access Control functions as needed.
Here is the default Access Control that Payload provides:
@@ -58,3 +58,22 @@ To accomplish this, Payload exposes the [Access Operation](../authentication/ope
</Banner>
If you use `id` or `data` within your access control functions, make sure to check that they are defined first. If they are not, then you can assume that your Access Control is being executed via the Access Operation to determine solely what the user can do within the Admin Panel.
## Locale Specific Access Control
To implement locale-specific access control, you can use the `req.locale` argument in your access control functions. This argument allows you to evaluate the current locale of the request and determine access permissions accordingly.
Here is an example:
```ts
const access = ({ req }) => {
// Grant access if the locale is 'en'
if (req.locale === 'en') {
return true;
}
// Deny access for all other locales
return false;
}
```

View File

@@ -1,182 +0,0 @@
---
title: Collection Admin Config
label: Collections
order: 20
desc:
keywords: admin, components, custom, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
---
The behavior of [Collections](../configuration/collections) within the [Admin Panel](./overview) can be fully customized to fit the needs of your application. This includes grouping or hiding their navigation links, adding [Custom Components](./components), selecting which fields to display in the List View, and more.
To configure Admin Options for Collections, use the `admin` property in your Collection Config:
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyCollection: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
admin: { // highlight-line
// ...
},
}
```
## Admin Options
The following options are available:
| Option | Description |
| -------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`group`** | Text or localization object used to group Collection and Global links in the admin navigation. Set to `false` to hide the link from the navigation while keeping its routes accessible. |
| **`hidden`** | Set to true or a function, called with the current user, returning true to exclude this Collection from navigation and admin routing. |
| **`hooks`** | Admin-specific hooks for this Collection. [More details](../hooks/collections). |
| **`useAsTitle`** | Specify a top-level field to use for a document title throughout the Admin Panel. If no field is defined, the ID of the document is used as the title. A field with `virtual: true` cannot be used as the title. |
| **`description`** | Text to display below the Collection label in the List View to give editors more information. Alternatively, you can use the `admin.components.Description` to render a React component. [More details](#custom-components). |
| **`defaultColumns`** | Array of field names that correspond to which columns to show by default in this Collection's List View. |
| **`hideAPIURL`** | Hides the "API URL" meta field while editing documents within this Collection. |
| **`enableRichTextLink`** | The [Rich Text](../fields/rich-text) field features a `Link` element which allows for users to automatically reference related documents within their rich text. Set to `true` by default. |
| **`enableRichTextRelationship`** | The [Rich Text](../fields/rich-text) field features a `Relationship` element which allows for users to automatically reference related documents within their rich text. Set to `true` by default. |
| **`meta`** | Page metadata overrides to apply to this Collection within the Admin Panel. [More details](./metadata). |
| **`preview`** | Function to generate preview URLs within the Admin Panel that can point to your app. [More details](#preview). |
| **`livePreview`** | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More details](../live-preview/overview). |
| **`components`** | Swap in your own React components to be used within this Collection. [More details](#custom-components). |
| **`listSearchableFields`** | Specify which fields should be searched in the List search view. [More details](#list-searchable-fields). |
| **`pagination`** | Set pagination-specific options for this Collection. [More details](#pagination). |
| **`baseListFilter`** | You can define a default base filter for this collection's List view, which will be merged into any filters that the user performs. |
### Custom Components
Collections can set their own [Custom Components](./components) which only apply to [Collection](../configuration/collections)-specific UI within the [Admin Panel](./overview). This includes elements such as the Save Button, or entire layouts such as the Edit View.
To override Collection Components, use the `admin.components` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyCollection: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
// ...
admin: {
components: { // highlight-line
// ...
},
},
}
```
The following options are available:
| Path | Description |
| -------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| **`beforeList`** | An array of components to inject _before_ the built-in List View |
| **`beforeListTable`** | An array of components to inject _before_ the built-in List View's table |
| **`afterList`** | An array of components to inject _after_ the built-in List View |
| **`afterListTable`** | An array of components to inject _after_ the built-in List View's table |
| **`Description`** | A component to render below the Collection label in the List View. An alternative to the `admin.description` property. |
| **`edit.SaveButton`** | Replace the default Save Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be disabled. |
| **`edit.SaveDraftButton`** | Replace the default Save Draft Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be enabled and autosave must be disabled. |
| **`edit.PublishButton`** | Replace the default Publish Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be enabled. |
| **`edit.PreviewButton`** | Replace the default Preview Button with a Custom Component. [Preview](#preview) must be enabled. |
| **`views`** | Override or create new views within the Admin Panel. [More details](./views). |
<Banner type="success">
**Note:**
For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
</Banner>
### Preview
It is possible to display a Preview Button within the Edit View of the Admin Panel. This will allow editors to visit the frontend of your app the corresponds to the document they are actively editing. This way they can preview the latest, potentially unpublished changes.
To configure the Preview Button, set the `admin.preview` property to a function in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const Posts: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
admin: {
// highlight-start
preview: (doc, { locale }) => {
if (doc?.slug) {
return `/${doc.slug}?locale=${locale}`
}
return null
},
// highlight-end
},
}
```
The `preview` property resolves to a string that points to your front-end application with additional URL parameters. This can be an absolute URL or a relative path.
The preview function receives two arguments:
| Argument | Description |
| --- | --- |
| **`doc`** | The Document being edited. |
| **`ctx`** | An object containing `locale`, `token`, and `req` properties. The `token` is the currently logged-in user's JWT. |
If your application requires a fully qualified URL, such as within deploying to Vercel Preview Deployments, you can use the `req` property to build this URL:
```ts
preview: (doc, { req }) => `${req.protocol}//${req.host}/${doc.slug}` // highlight-line
```
<Banner type="success">
**Note:**
For fully working example of this, check of the official [Draft Preview Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/draft-preview) in the [Examples Directory](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples).
</Banner>
### Pagination
All Collections receive their own List View which displays a paginated list of documents that can be sorted and filtered. The pagination behavior of the List View can be customized on a per-Collection basis, and uses the same [Pagination](../queries/pagination) API that Payload provides.
To configure pagination options, use the `admin.pagination` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const Posts: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
admin: {
// highlight-start
pagination: {
defaultLimit: 10,
limits: [10, 20, 50],
},
// highlight-end
},
}
```
The following options are available:
| Option | Description |
| -------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| `defaultLimit` | Integer that specifies the default per-page limit that should be used. Defaults to 10. |
| `limits` | Provide an array of integers to use as per-page options for admins to choose from in the List View. |
### List Searchable Fields
In the List View, there is a "search" box that allows you to quickly find a document through a simple text search. By default, it searches on the ID field. If defined, the `admin.useAsTitle` field is used. Or, you can explicitly define which fields to search based on the needs of your application.
To define which fields should be searched, use the `admin.listSearchableFields` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const Posts: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
admin: {
// highlight-start
listSearchableFields: ['title', 'slug'],
// highlight-end
},
}
```
<Banner type="warning">
**Tip:**
If you are adding `listSearchableFields`, make sure you index each of these fields so your admin queries can remain performant.
</Banner>

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
---
title: Swap in your own React components
label: Custom Components
order: 40
order: 20
desc: Fully customize your Admin Panel by swapping in your own React components. Add fields, remove views, update routes and change functions to sculpt your perfect Dashboard.
keywords: admin, components, custom, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
---
@@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ All Custom Components in Payload are [React Server Components](https://react.dev
There are four main types of Custom Components in Payload:
- [Root Components](#root-components)
- [Collection Components](./collections#custom-components)
- [Global Components](./globals#custom-components)
- [Field Components](./fields#custom-components)
- [Collection Components](../configuration/collections/#custom-components)
- [Global Components](../configuration/globals#custom-components)
- [Field Components](../fields/overview#custom-components)
To swap in your own Custom Component, first consult the list of available components, determine the scope that corresponds to what you are trying to accomplish, then [author your React component(s)](#building-custom-components) accordingly.
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ The Import Map is automatically regenerated at startup and whenever Hot Module R
If needed, custom items can be appended onto the Import Map. This is mostly only relevant for plugin authors who need to add a custom import that is not referenced in a known location.
To add a custom import to the Import Map, use the `admin.dependencies` property in your [Payload Config](../getting-started/overview):
To add a custom import to the Import Map, use the `admin.dependencies` property in your [Payload Config](../configuration/overview):
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Each Custom Component receives the following props by default:
<Banner type="warning">
**Reminder:**
All Custom Components also receive various other props that are specific component being rendered. See [Root Components](#root-components), [Collection Components](./collections#custom-components), [Global Components](./globals#custom-components), or [Field Components](./fields#custom-components) for a complete list of all default props per component.
All Custom Components also receive various other props that are specific component being rendered. See [Root Components](#root-components), [Collection Components](../configuration/collections#custom-components), [Global Components](../configuration/globals#custom-components), or [Field Components](../fields/overview#custom-components) for a complete list of all default props per component.
</Banner>
### Custom Props
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ export const MyClientComponent: React.FC = () => {
See [Using Hooks](#using-hooks) for more details.
</Banner>
All [Field Components](./fields) automatically receive their respective Field Config through props.
All [Field Components](../fields/overview#custom-components) automatically receive their respective Field Config through props.
```tsx
import React from 'react'
@@ -462,9 +462,9 @@ Payload also exports its [SCSS](https://sass-lang.com) library for reuse which i
## Root Components
Root Components are those that effect the [Admin Panel](./overview) generally, such as the logo or the main nav.
Root Components are those that affect the [Admin Panel](./overview) generally, such as the logo or the main nav.
To override Root Components, use the `admin.components` property in your [Payload Config](../getting-started/overview):
To override Root Components, use the `admin.components` property in your [Payload Config](../configuration/overview):
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -504,14 +504,14 @@ The following options are available:
<Banner type="success">
**Note:**
You can also use set [Collection Components](./collections#custom-components) and [Global Components](./globals#custom-components) in their respective configs.
You can also use set [Collection Components](../configuration/collections#custom-components) and [Global Components](../configuration/globals#custom-components) in their respective configs.
</Banner>
### Custom Providers
As you add more and more Custom Components to your [Admin Panel](./overview), you may find it helpful to add additional [React Context](https://react.dev/learn/scaling-up-with-reducer-and-context)(s). Payload allows you to inject your own context providers in your app so you can export your own custom hooks, etc.
To add a Custom Provider, use the `admin.components.providers` property in your [Payload Config](../getting-started/overview):
To add a Custom Provider, use the `admin.components.providers` property in your [Payload Config](../configuration/overview):
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -546,5 +546,5 @@ export const useMyCustomContext = () => useContext(MyCustomContext)
```
<Banner type="warning">
**Reminder:**React Context exists only within Client Components. This means they must include the `use client` directive at the top of their files and cannot contain server-only code. To use a Server Component here, simply _wrap_ your Client Component with it.
**Reminder:** React Context exists only within Client Components. This means they must include the `use client` directive at the top of their files and cannot contain server-only code. To use a Server Component here, simply _wrap_ your Client Component with it.
</Banner>

View File

@@ -1,509 +0,0 @@
---
title: Customizing Fields
label: Customizing Fields
order: 60
desc:
keywords:
---
[Fields](../fields/overview) within the [Admin Panel](./overview) can be endlessly customized in their appearance and behavior without affecting their underlying data structure. Fields are designed to withstand heavy modification or even complete replacement through the use of [Custom Field Components](#custom-components), [Conditional Logic](#conditional-logic), [Custom Validations](../fields/overview#validation), and more.
For example, your app might need to render a specific interface that Payload does not inherently support, such as a color picker. To do this, you could replace the default [Text Field](../fields/text) input with your own user-friendly component that formats the data into a valid color value.
<Banner type="success">
**Tip:**
Don't see a built-in field type that you need? Build it! Using a combination of [Field Validations](../fields/overview#validation)
and [Custom Components](./components), you can override the entirety of how a component functions within the [Admin Panel](./overview) to effectively create your own field type.
</Banner>
## Admin Options
You can customize the appearance and behavior of fields within the [Admin Panel](./overview) through the `admin` property of any [Field Config](../fields/overview):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const CollectionConfig: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
fields: [
// ...
{
name: 'myField',
type: 'text',
admin: { // highlight-line
// ...
},
}
]
}
```
The following options are available:
| Option | Description |
| ----------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`condition`** | Programmatically show / hide fields based on other fields. [More details](../admin/fields#conditional-logic). |
| **`components`** | All Field Components can be swapped out for [Custom Components](../admin/components) that you define. [More details](../admin/fields). |
| **`description`** | Helper text to display alongside the field to provide more information for the editor. [More details](../admin/fields#description). |
| **`position`** | Specify if the field should be rendered in the sidebar by defining `position: 'sidebar'`. |
| **`width`** | Restrict the width of a field. You can pass any string-based value here, be it pixels, percentages, etc. This property is especially useful when fields are nested within a `Row` type where they can be organized horizontally. |
| **`style`** | [CSS Properties](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS) to inject into the root element of the field. |
| **`className`** | Attach a [CSS class attribute](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS/Class_selectors) to the root DOM element of a field. |
| **`readOnly`** | Setting a field to `readOnly` has no effect on the API whatsoever but disables the admin component's editability to prevent editors from modifying the field's value. |
| **`disabled`** | If a field is `disabled`, it is completely omitted from the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) entirely. |
| **`disableBulkEdit`** | Set `disableBulkEdit` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the select options when making edits for multiple documents. Defaults to `true` for UI fields. |
| **`disableListColumn`** | Set `disableListColumn` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the list view column selector. |
| **`disableListFilter`** | Set `disableListFilter` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the list view filter options. |
| **`hidden`** | Will transform the field into a `hidden` input type. Its value will still submit with requests in the Admin Panel, but the field itself will not be visible to editors. |
## Field Descriptions
Field Descriptions are used to provide additional information to the editor about a field, such as special instructions. Their placement varies from field to field, but typically are displayed with subtle style differences beneath the field inputs.
A description can be configured in three ways:
- As a string.
- As a function which returns a string. [More details](#description-functions).
- As a React component. [More details](#description).
To add a Custom Description to a field, use the `admin.description` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyCollectionConfig: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
// ...
fields: [
// ...
{
name: 'myField',
type: 'text',
admin: {
description: 'Hello, world!' // highlight-line
},
},
]
}
```
<Banner type="warning">
**Reminder:**
To replace the Field Description with a [Custom Component](./components), use the `admin.components.Description` property. [More details](#description).
</Banner>
#### Description Functions
Custom Descriptions can also be defined as a function. Description Functions are executed on the server and can be used to format simple descriptions based on the user's current [Locale](../configuration/localization).
To add a Description Function to a field, set the `admin.description` property to a _function_ in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyCollectionConfig: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
// ...
fields: [
// ...
{
name: 'myField',
type: 'text',
admin: {
description: ({ t }) => `${t('Hello, world!')}` // highlight-line
},
},
]
}
```
All Description Functions receive the following arguments:
| Argument | Description |
| -------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`t`** | The `t` function used to internationalize the Admin Panel. [More details](../configuration/i18n) |
<Banner type="info">
**Note:**
If you need to subscribe to live updates within your form, use a Description Component instead. [More details](#description).
</Banner>
## Conditional Logic
You can show and hide fields based on what other fields are doing by utilizing conditional logic on a field by field basis. The `condition` property on a field's admin config accepts a function which takes three arguments:
- `data` - the entire document's data that is currently being edited
- `siblingData` - only the fields that are direct siblings to the field with the condition
- `{ user }` - the final argument is an object containing the currently authenticated user
The `condition` function should return a boolean that will control if the field should be displayed or not.
**Example:**
```ts
{
fields: [
{
name: 'enableGreeting',
type: 'checkbox',
defaultValue: false,
},
{
name: 'greeting',
type: 'text',
admin: {
// highlight-start
condition: (data, siblingData, { user }) => {
if (data.enableGreeting) {
return true
} else {
return false
}
},
// highlight-end
},
},
]
}
```
## Custom Components
Within the [Admin Panel](./overview), fields are represented in three distinct places:
- [Field](#field) - The actual form field rendered in the Edit View.
- [Cell](#cell) - The table cell component rendered in the List View.
- [Filter](#filter) - The filter component rendered in the List View.
To swap in Field Components with your own, use the `admin.components` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const CollectionConfig: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
fields: [
// ...
{
// ...
admin: {
components: { // highlight-line
// ...
},
},
}
]
}
```
The following options are available:
| Component | Description |
| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`Field`** | The form field rendered of the Edit View. [More details](#field). |
| **`Cell`** | The table cell rendered of the List View. [More details](#cell). |
| **`Filter`** | The filter component rendered in the List View. [More details](#filter). |
| **`Label`** | Override the default Label of the Field Component. [More details](#label). |
| **`Error`** | Override the default Error of the Field Component. [More details](#error). |
| **`Description`** | Override the default Description of the Field Component. [More details](#description). |
| **`beforeInput`** | An array of elements that will be added before the input of the Field Component. [More details](#afterinput-and-beforeinput).|
| **`afterInput`** | An array of elements that will be added after the input of the Field Component. [More details](#afterinput-and-beforeinput). |
### Field
The Field Component is the actual form field rendered in the Edit View. This is the input that user's will interact with when editing a document.
To swap in your own Field Component, use the `admin.components.Field` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const CollectionConfig: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
fields: [
// ...
{
// ...
admin: {
components: {
Field: '/path/to/MyFieldComponent', // highlight-line
},
},
}
]
}
```
_For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components)._
<Banner type="warning">
Instead of replacing the entire Field Component, you can alternately replace or slot-in only specific parts by using the [`Label`](#label), [`Error`](#error), [`beforeInput`](#afterinput-and-beforinput), and [`afterInput`](#afterinput-and-beforinput) properties.
</Banner>
#### Default Props
All Field Components receive the following props by default:
| Property | Description |
| -------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`docPreferences`** | An object that contains the [Preferences](./preferences) for the document. |
| **`field`** | In Client Components, this is the sanitized Client Field Config. In Server Components, this is the original Field Config. Server Components will also receive the sanitized field config through the`clientField` prop (see below). |
| **`locale`** | The locale of the field. [More details](../configuration/localization). |
| **`readOnly`** | A boolean value that represents if the field is read-only or not. |
| **`user`** | The currently authenticated user. [More details](../authentication/overview). |
| **`validate`** | A function that can be used to validate the field. |
| **`path`** | A string representing the direct, dynamic path to the field at runtime, i.e. `myGroup.myArray.0.myField`. |
| **`schemaPath`** | A string representing the direct, static path to the [Field Config](../fields/overview), i.e. `posts.myGroup.myArray.myField`. |
| **`indexPath`** | A hyphen-notated string representing the path to the field _within the nearest named ancestor field_, i.e. `0-0` |
In addition to the above props, all Server Components will also receive the following props:
| Property | Description |
| ----------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`clientField`** | The serializable Client Field Config. |
| **`field`** | The Field Config. [More details](../fields/overview). |
| **`data`** | The current document being edited. |
| **`i18n`** | The [i18n](../configuration/i18n) object. |
| **`payload`** | The [Payload](../local-api/overview) class. |
| **`permissions`** | The field permissions based on the currently authenticated user. |
| **`siblingData`** | The data of the field's siblings. |
| **`user`** | The currently authenticated user. [More details](../authentication/overview). |
| **`value`** | The value of the field at render-time. |
#### Sending and receiving values from the form
When swapping out the `Field` component, you are responsible for sending and receiving the field's `value` from the form itself.
To do so, import the [`useField`](./hooks#usefield) hook from `@payloadcms/ui` and use it to manage the field's value:
```tsx
'use client'
import { useField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
export const CustomTextField: React.FC = () => {
const { value, setValue } = useField() // highlight-line
return (
<input
onChange={(e) => setValue(e.target.value)}
value={value}
/>
)
}
```
<Banner type="success">
For a complete list of all available React hooks, see the [Payload React Hooks](./hooks) documentation. For additional help, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
</Banner>
#### TypeScript
When building Custom Field Components, you can import the client field props to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Field Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and server/client environment. The convention is to prepend the field type onto the target type, i.e. `TextFieldClientComponent`:
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldClientComponent,
TextFieldServerComponent,
TextFieldClientProps,
TextFieldServerProps,
// ...and so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
### Cell
The Cell Component is rendered in the table of the List View. It represents the value of the field when displayed in a table cell.
To swap in your own Cell Component, use the `admin.components.Cell` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
export const myField: Field = {
name: 'myField',
type: 'text',
admin: {
components: {
Cell: '/path/to/MyCustomCellComponent', // highlight-line
},
},
}
```
All Cell Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field), plus the following:
| Property | Description |
| ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`link`** | A boolean representing whether this cell should be wrapped in a link. |
| **`onClick`** | A function that is called when the cell is clicked. |
For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
### Filter
The Filter Component is the actual input element rendered within the "Filter By" dropdown of the List View used to represent this field when building filters.
To swap in your own Filter Component, use the `admin.components.Filter` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
export const myField: Field = {
name: 'myField',
type: 'text',
admin: {
components: {
Filter: '/path/to/MyCustomFilterComponent', // highlight-line
},
},
}
```
All Custom Filter Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field).
For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
### Label
The Label Component is rendered anywhere a field needs to be represented by a label. This is typically used in the Edit View, but can also be used in the List View and elsewhere.
To swap in your own Label Component, use the `admin.components.Label` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
export const myField: Field = {
name: 'myField',
type: 'text',
admin: {
components: {
Label: '/path/to/MyCustomLabelComponent', // highlight-line
},
},
}
```
All Custom Label Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field).
For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
#### TypeScript
When building Custom Label Components, you can import the component types to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Label Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and server/client environment. The convention is to append `LabelServerComponent` or `LabelClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldLabelClientComponent`.
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldLabelServerComponent,
TextFieldLabelClientComponent,
// ...and so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
### Description
Alternatively to the [Description Property](#the-description-property), you can also use a [Custom Component](./components) as the Field Description. This can be useful when you need to provide more complex feedback to the user, such as rendering dynamic field values or other interactive elements.
To add a Description Component to a field, use the `admin.components.Description` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyCollectionConfig: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
// ...
fields: [
// ...
{
name: 'myField',
type: 'text',
admin: {
components: {
Description: '/path/to/MyCustomDescriptionComponent', // highlight-line
}
}
}
]
}
```
All Custom Description Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field).
For details on how to build a Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
#### TypeScript
When building Custom Description Components, you can import the component props to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Description Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and server/client environment. The convention is to append `DescriptionServerComponent` or `DescriptionClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldDescriptionClientComponent`.
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldDescriptionServerComponent,
TextFieldDescriptionClientComponent,
// And so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
### Error
The Error Component is rendered when a field fails validation. It is typically displayed beneath the field input in a visually-compelling style.
To swap in your own Error Component, use the `admin.components.Error` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
export const myField: Field = {
name: 'myField',
type: 'text',
admin: {
components: {
Error: '/path/to/MyCustomErrorComponent', // highlight-line
},
},
}
```
All Error Components receive the [Default Field Component Props](#field).
For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
#### TypeScript
When building Custom Error Components, you can import the component types to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Error Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and server/client environment. The convention is to append `ErrorServerComponent` or `ErrorClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldErrorClientComponent`.
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldErrorServerComponent,
TextFieldErrorClientComponent,
// And so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
### afterInput and beforeInput
With these properties you can add multiple components _before_ and _after_ the input element, as their name suggests. This is useful when you need to render additional elements alongside the field without replacing the entire field component.
To add components before and after the input element, use the `admin.components.beforeInput` and `admin.components.afterInput` properties in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyCollectionConfig: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
// ...
fields: [
// ...
{
name: 'myField',
type: 'text',
admin: {
components: {
// highlight-start
beforeInput: ['/path/to/MyCustomComponent'],
afterInput: ['/path/to/MyOtherCustomComponent'],
// highlight-end
}
}
}
]
}
```
All `afterInput` and `beforeInput` Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field).
For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).

View File

@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
---
title: Global Admin Config
label: Globals
order: 30
desc:
keywords: admin, components, custom, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
---
The behavior of [Globals](../configuration/globals) within the [Admin Panel](./overview) can be fully customized to fit the needs of your application. This includes grouping or hiding their navigation links, adding [Custom Components](./components), setting page metadata, and more.
To configure Admin Options for Globals, use the `admin` property in your Global Config:
```ts
import { GlobalConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyGlobal: GlobalConfig = {
// ...
admin: { // highlight-line
// ...
},
}
```
## Admin Options
The following options are available:
| Option | Description |
| ----------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`group`** | Text or localization object used to group Collection and Global links in the admin navigation. Set to `false` to hide the link from the navigation while keeping its routes accessible. |
| **`hidden`** | Set to true or a function, called with the current user, returning true to exclude this Global from navigation and admin routing. |
| **`components`** | Swap in your own React components to be used within this Global. [More details](#custom-components). |
| **`preview`** | Function to generate a preview URL within the Admin Panel for this Global that can point to your app. [More details](#preview). |
| **`livePreview`** | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More details](../live-preview/overview). |
| **`hideAPIURL`** | Hides the "API URL" meta field while editing documents within this collection. |
| **`meta`** | Page metadata overrides to apply to this Global within the Admin Panel. [More details](./metadata). |
### Custom Components
Globals can set their own [Custom Components](./components) which only apply to [Global](../configuration/globals)-specific UI within the [Admin Panel](./overview). This includes elements such as the Save Button, or entire layouts such as the Edit View.
To override Global Components, use the `admin.components` property in your [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
```ts
import type { SanitizedGlobalConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyGlobal: SanitizedGlobalConfig = {
// ...
admin: {
components: { // highlight-line
// ...
},
},
}
```
The following options are available:
| Path | Description |
| ------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`elements.SaveButton`** | Replace the default Save Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be disabled. |
| **`elements.SaveDraftButton`** | Replace the default Save Draft Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be enabled and autosave must be disabled. |
| **`elements.PublishButton`** | Replace the default Publish Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be enabled. |
| **`elements.PreviewButton`** | Replace the default Preview Button with a Custom Component. [Preview](#preview) must be enabled. |
| **`views`** | Override or create new views within the Admin Panel. [More details](./views). |
<Banner type="success">
**Note:**
For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
</Banner>
### Preview
It is possible to display a Preview Button within the Edit View of the Admin Panel. This will allow editors to visit the frontend of your app the corresponds to the document they are actively editing. This way they can preview the latest, potentially unpublished changes.
To configure the Preview Button, set the `admin.preview` property to a function in your Global Config:
```ts
import { GlobalConfig } from 'payload'
export const MainMenu: GlobalConfig = {
// ...
admin: {
// highlight-start
preview: (doc, { locale }) => {
if (doc?.slug) {
return `/${doc.slug}?locale=${locale}`
}
return null
},
// highlight-end
},
}
```
The preview function receives two arguments:
| Argument | Description |
| --- | --- |
| **`doc`** | The Document being edited. |
| **`ctx`** | An object containing `locale` and `token` properties. The `token` is the currently logged-in user's JWT. |
<Banner type="success">
**Note:**
For fully working example of this, check of the official [Draft Preview Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/draft-preview) in the [Examples Directory](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples).
</Banner>

View File

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
---
title: React Hooks
label: React Hooks
order: 70
order: 40
desc: Make use of all of the powerful React hooks that Payload provides.
keywords: admin, components, custom, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
---
Payload provides a variety of powerful [React Hooks](https://react.dev/reference/react-dom/hooks) that can be used within your own [Custom Components](./components), such as [Custom Fields](./fields). With them, you can interface with Payload itself to build just about any type of complex customization you can think of.
Payload provides a variety of powerful [React Hooks](https://react.dev/reference/react-dom/hooks) that can be used within your own [Custom Components](./components), such as [Custom Fields](../fields/overview#custom-components). With them, you can interface with Payload itself to build just about any type of complex customization you can think of.
<Banner type="warning">
**Reminder:**
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Payload provides a variety of powerful [React Hooks](https://react.dev/reference
## useField
The `useField` hook is used internally within all field components. It manages sending and receiving a field's state from its parent form. When you build a [Custom Field Component](./fields), you will be responsible for sending and receiving the field's `value` to and from the form yourself.
The `useField` hook is used internally within all field components. It manages sending and receiving a field's state from its parent form. When you build a [Custom Field Component](../fields/overview#custom-components), you will be responsible for sending and receiving the field's `value` to and from the form yourself.
To do so, import the `useField` hook as follows:
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ The `useForm` hook returns an object with the following properties:
\`\`\`tsx
import { useForm } from "payload/components/forms";
import { useForm } from "@payloadcms/ui"
export const CustomArrayManager = () => {
const { addFieldRow } = useForm()
@@ -397,12 +397,17 @@ export const CustomArrayManager = () => {
onClick={() => {
addFieldRow({
path: "arrayField",
rowIndex: 0,
data: {
textField: "text",
// blockType: "yourBlockSlug",
// ^ if managing a block array, you need to specify the block type
schemaPath: "arrayField",
rowIndex: 0, // optionally specify the index to add the row at
subFieldState: {
textField: {
initialValue: 'New row text',
valid: true,
value: 'New row text',
},
},
// blockType: "yourBlockSlug",
// ^ if managing a block array, you need to specify the block type
})
}}
>
@@ -483,7 +488,7 @@ const ExampleCollection = {
\`\`\`tsx
import { useForm } from "payload/components/forms";
import { useForm } from "@payloadcms/ui"
export const CustomArrayManager = () => {
const { removeFieldRow } = useForm()
@@ -584,7 +589,7 @@ const ExampleCollection = {
\`\`\`tsx
import { useForm } from "payload/components/forms";
import { useForm } from "@payloadcms/ui"
export const CustomArrayManager = () => {
const { replaceFieldRow } = useForm()
@@ -595,12 +600,17 @@ export const CustomArrayManager = () => {
onClick={() => {
replaceFieldRow({
path: "arrayField",
rowIndex: 0,
data: {
textField: "updated text",
// blockType: "yourBlockSlug",
// ^ if managing a block array, you need to specify the block type
schemaPath: "arrayField",
rowIndex: 0, // optionally specify the index to add the row at
subFieldState: {
textField: {
initialValue: 'Updated text',
valid: true,
value: 'Upddated text',
},
},
// blockType: "yourBlockSlug",
// ^ if managing a block array, you need to specify the block type
})
}}
>
@@ -754,6 +764,45 @@ The `useListQuery` hook returns an object with the following properties:
| **`handleWhereChange`** | A method to handle where changes in the List View. |
| **`query`** | The current query that is being used to fetch the data in the List View. |
## useSelection
The `useSelection` hook provides information on the selected rows in the List view as well as helper methods to simplify selection. The `useSelection` hook returns an object with the following properties:
| Property | Description |
| -------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`count`** | The number of currently selected rows. |
| **`getQueryParams`** | A function that generates a query string based on the current selection state and optional additional filtering parameters. |
| **`selectAll`** | An enum value representing the selection range: `'allAvailable'`, `'allInPage'`, `'none'`, and `'some'`. The enum, `SelectAllStatus`, is exported for easier comparisons. |
| **`selected`** | A map of document id keys and boolean values representing their selection status. |
| **`setSelection`** | A function that toggles the selection status of a document row. |
| **`toggleAll`** | A function that toggles selection for all documents on the current page or selects all available documents when passed `true`. |
| **`totalDocs`** | The number of total documents in the collection. |
**Example:**
```tsx
'use client'
import { useSelection } from '@payloadcms/ui'
const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
// highlight-start
const { count, toggleAll, totalDocs } = useSelection()
// highlight-end
return (
<>
<span>Selected {count} out of {totalDocs} docs!</span>
<button
type="button"
onClick={() => toggleAll(true)}
>
Toggle All Selections
</button>
</>
)
}
```
## useLocale
In any Custom Component you can get the selected locale object with the `useLocale` hook. `useLocale` gives you the full locale object, consisting of a `label`, `rtl`(right-to-left) property, and then `code`. Here is a simple example:
@@ -821,6 +870,22 @@ const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
}
```
If you need to retrieve a specific collection or global config by its slug, `getEntityConfig` is the most efficient way to do so:
```tsx
'use client'
import { useConfig } from '@payloadcms/ui'
const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
// highlight-start
const { getEntityConfig } = useConfig()
const mediaConfig = getEntityConfig({ collectionSlug: 'media'})
// highlight-end
return <span>The media collection has {mediaConfig.fields.length} fields.</span>
}
```
## useEditDepth
Sends back how many editing levels "deep" the current component is. Edit depth is relevant while adding new documents / editing documents in modal windows and other cases.
@@ -922,3 +987,32 @@ const ListenForUpdates: React.FC = () => {
Right now the `useDocumentEvents` hook only tracks recently updated documents, but in the future
it will track more document-related events as needed, such as document creation, deletion, etc.
</Banner>
## useStepNav
The `useStepNav` hook provides a way to change the step-nav breadcrumb links in the app header.
| Property | Description |
| ---------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`setStepNav`** | A state setter function which sets the `stepNav` array. |
| **`stepNav`** | A `StepNavItem` array where each `StepNavItem` has a label and optionally a url. |
**Example:**
```tsx
'use client'
import { type StepNavItem, useStepNav } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import { useEffect } from 'react'
export const MySetStepNavComponent: React.FC<{
nav: StepNavItem[]
}> = ({ nav }) => {
const { setStepNav } = useStepNav()
useEffect(() => {
setStepNav(nav)
}, [setStepNav, nav])
return null
}
```

View File

@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ The following options are available for Root Metadata:
<Banner type="success">
**Reminder:**
These are the _root-level_ options for the Admin Panel. You can also customize [Collection Metadata](./collections), [Global Metadata](./globals), and [Document Metadata](./documents) in their respective configs.
These are the _root-level_ options for the Admin Panel. You can also customize metadata on the [Collection](../configuration/collections), [Global](../configuration/globals), and Document levels through their respective configs.
</Banner>
### Icons

View File

@@ -6,11 +6,11 @@ desc: Manage your data and customize the Payload Admin Panel by swapping in your
keywords: admin, components, custom, customize, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
---
Payload dynamically generates a beautiful, [fully type-safe](../typescript/overview) Admin Panel to manage your users and data. It is highly performant, even with 100+ fields, and is translated in over 30 languages. Within the Admin Panel you can manage content, [render your site](../live-preview/overview), preview drafts, [diff versions](../versions/overview), and so much more.
Payload dynamically generates a beautiful, [fully type-safe](../typescript/overview) Admin Panel to manage your users and data. It is highly performant, even with 100+ fields, and is translated in over 30 languages. Within the Admin Panel you can manage content, [render your site](../live-preview/overview), [preview drafts](./preview), [diff versions](../versions/overview), and so much more.
The Admin Panel is designed to [white-label your brand](https://payloadcms.com/blog/white-label-admin-ui). You can endlessly customize and extend the Admin UI by swapping in your own [Custom Components](./components)—everything from simple field labels to entire views can be modified or replaced to perfectly tailor the interface for your editors.
The Admin Panel is written in [TypeScript](https://www.typescriptlang.org) and built with [React](https://react.dev) using the [Next.js App Router](https://nextjs.org/docs/app). It supports [React Server Components](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/server-components), enabling the use of the [Local API](/docs/local-api/overview) on the front-end. You can install Payload into any [existing Next.js app in just one line](../getting-started/installation) and [deploy it anywhere](../production).
The Admin Panel is written in [TypeScript](https://www.typescriptlang.org) and built with [React](https://react.dev) using the [Next.js App Router](https://nextjs.org/docs/app). It supports [React Server Components](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/server-components), enabling the use of the [Local API](/docs/local-api/overview) on the front-end. You can install Payload into any [existing Next.js app in just one line](../getting-started/installation) and [deploy it anywhere](../production/deployment).
<Banner type="success">
The Payload Admin Panel is designed to be as minimal and straightforward as possible to allow easy customization and control. [Learn more](./components).
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The `admin` directory contains all the _pages_ related to the interface itself,
<Banner type="warning">
**Note:**
If you don't use the [REST API](../rest/overview) or [GraphQL API](../graphql/overview), you can delete the [Next.js files corresponding to those routes](../admin/overview#project-structure), however, the overhead of this API is completely constrained to these endpoints, and will not slow down or affect Payload outside of the endpoints.
If you don't intend to use the Admin Panel, [REST API](../rest/overview), or [GraphQL API](../graphql/overview), you can opt-out by simply deleting their corresponding directories within your Next.js app. The overhead, however, is completely constrained to these routes, and will not slow down or affect Payload outside when not in use.
</Banner>
Finally, the `custom.scss` file is where you can add or override globally-oriented styles in the Admin Panel, such as modify the color palette. Customizing the look and feel through CSS alone is a powerful feature of the Admin Panel, [more on that here](./customizing-css).
@@ -94,7 +94,6 @@ The following options are available:
| **`components`** | Component overrides that affect the entirety of the Admin Panel. [More details](./components). |
| **`custom`** | Any custom properties you wish to pass to the Admin Panel. |
| **`dateFormat`** | The date format that will be used for all dates within the Admin Panel. Any valid [date-fns](https://date-fns.org/) format pattern can be used. |
| **`disable`** | If set to `true`, the entire Admin Panel will be disabled. |
| **`livePreview`** | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More details](../live-preview/overview). |
| **`meta`** | Base metadata to use for the Admin Panel. [More details](./metadata). |
| **`routes`** | Replace built-in Admin Panel routes with your own custom routes. [More details](#customizing-routes). |
@@ -104,7 +103,7 @@ The following options are available:
<Banner type="success">
**Reminder:**
These are the _root-level_ options for the Admin Panel. You can also customize [Collection Admin Options](./collections) and [Global Admin Options](./globals) through their respective `admin` keys.
These are the _root-level_ options for the Admin Panel. You can also customize [Collection Admin Options](../configuration/collections#admin-options) and [Global Admin Options](../configuration/globals#admin-options) through their respective `admin` keys.
</Banner>
### The Admin User Collection

217
docs/admin/preview.mdx Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
---
title: Preview
label: Preview
order: 50
desc: Enable links to your front-end to preview published or draft content.
keywords: admin, components, preview, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
---
Preview is a feature that allows you to generate a direct link to your front-end application. When enabled, a "preview" button will appear on the Edit View within the [Admin Panel](./overview) with an href pointing to the URL you provide. This will provide your editors with a quick way of navigating to the front-end application where that Document's data is represented. Otherwise, they'd have to determine that URL themselves which is not always straightforward especially in complex apps.
The Preview feature can also be used to achieve something known as "Draft Preview". With Draft Preview, you can navigate to your front-end application and enter "draft mode", where your queries are modified to fetch draft content instead of published content. This is useful for seeing how your content will look before being published. [More details](#draft-preview).
<Banner type="warning">
**Note:**
Preview is different than [Live Preview](../live-preview/overview). Live Preview loads your app within an iframe and renders it in the Admin Panel allowing you to see changes in real-time. Preview, on the other hand, allows you to generate a direct link to your front-end application.
</Banner>
To add Preview, pass a function to the `admin.preview` property in any [Collection Config](../configuration/collections#admin-options) or [Global Config](../configuration/globals#admin-options):
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const Pages: CollectionConfig = {
slug: 'pages',
admin: {
preview: ({ slug }) => `http://localhost:3000/${slug}`,
},
fields: [
{
name: 'slug',
type: 'text',
}
],
}
```
## Options
The `preview` function resolves to a string that points to your front-end application with additional URL parameters. This can be an absolute URL or a relative path, and can run async if needed.
The following arguments are provided to the `preview` function:
| Path | Description |
| ------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`doc`** | The data of the Document being edited. This includes changes that have not yet been saved. |
| **`options`** | An object with additional properties. |
The `options` object contains the following properties:
| Path | Description |
| ------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`locale`** | The current locale of the Document being edited. |
| **`req`** | The Payload Request object. |
| **`token`** | The JWT token of the currently authenticated in user. |
If your application requires a fully qualified URL, such as within deploying to Vercel Preview Deployments, you can use the `req` property to build this URL:
```ts
preview: (doc, { req }) => `${req.protocol}//${req.host}/${doc.slug}` // highlight-line
```
## Draft Preview
The Preview feature can be used to achieve "Draft Preview". After clicking the preview button from the Admin Panel, you can enter into "draft mode" within your front-end application. This will allow you to adjust your page queries to include the `draft: true` param. When this param is present on the request, Payload will send back a draft document as opposed to a published one based on the document's `_status` field.
To enter draft mode, the URL provided to the `preview` function can point to a custom endpoint in your front-end application that sets a cookie or session variable to indicate that draft mode is enabled. This is framework specific, so the mechanisms here very from framework to framework although the underlying concept is the same.
### Next.js
If you're using Next.js, you can do the following code to enter [Draft Mode](https://nextjs.org/docs/app/building-your-application/configuring/draft-mode).
#### Step 1: Format the Preview URL
First, format your `admin.preview` function to point to a custom endpoint that you'll open on your front-end. This URL should include a few key query search params:
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const Pages: CollectionConfig = {
slug: 'pages',
admin: {
preview: ({ slug, collection }) => {
const encodedParams = new URLSearchParams({
slug,
collection,
path: `/${slug}`,
previewSecret: process.env.PREVIEW_SECRET || ''
})
return `/preview?${encodedParams.toString()}` // highlight-line
}
},
fields: [
{
name: 'slug',
type: 'text',
}
],
}
```
#### Step 2: Create the Preview Route
Then, create an API route that verifies the preview secret, authenticates the user, and enters draft mode:
`/app/preview/route.ts`
```ts
import type { CollectionSlug, PayloadRequest } from 'payload'
import { getPayload } from 'payload'
import { draftMode } from 'next/headers'
import { redirect } from 'next/navigation'
import configPromise from '@payload-config'
export async function GET(
req: {
cookies: {
get: (name: string) => {
value: string
}
}
} & Request,
): Promise<Response> {
const payload = await getPayload({ config: configPromise })
const { searchParams } = new URL(req.url)
const path = searchParams.get('path')
const collection = searchParams.get('collection') as CollectionSlug
const slug = searchParams.get('slug')
const previewSecret = searchParams.get('previewSecret')
if (previewSecret !== process.env.PREVIEW_SECRET) {
return new Response('You are not allowed to preview this page', { status: 403 })
}
if (!path || !collection || !slug) {
return new Response('Insufficient search params', { status: 404 })
}
if (!path.startsWith('/')) {
return new Response('This endpoint can only be used for relative previews', { status: 500 })
}
let user
try {
user = await payload.auth({
req: req as unknown as PayloadRequest,
headers: req.headers,
})
} catch (error) {
payload.logger.error({ err: error }, 'Error verifying token for live preview')
return new Response('You are not allowed to preview this page', { status: 403 })
}
const draft = await draftMode()
if (!user) {
draft.disable()
return new Response('You are not allowed to preview this page', { status: 403 })
}
// You can add additional checks here to see if the user is allowed to preview this page
draft.enable()
redirect(path)
}
```
#### Step 3: Query Draft Content
Finally, in your front-end application, you can detect draft mode and adjust your queries to include drafts:
`/app/[slug]/page.tsx`
```ts
export default async function Page({ params: paramsPromise }) {
const { slug = 'home' } = await paramsPromise
const { isEnabled: isDraftMode } = await draftMode()
const payload = await getPayload({ config })
const page = await payload.find({
collection: 'pages',
depth: 0,
draft: isDraftMode, // highlight-line
limit: 1,
overrideAccess: isDraftMode,
where: {
slug: {
equals: slug,
},
},
})?.then(({ docs }) => docs?.[0])
if (page === null) {
return notFound()
}
return (
<main>
<h1>{page?.title}</h1>
</main>
)
}
```
<Banner type="success">
**Note:**
For fully working example of this, check of the official [Draft Preview Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/draft-preview) in the [Examples Directory](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples).
</Banner>

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
---
title: Customizing Views
label: Customizing Views
order: 50
order: 30
desc:
keywords:
---
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ To swap in your own Custom View, first consult the list of available components,
Root Views are the main views of the [Admin Panel](./overview). These are views that are scoped directly under the `/admin` route, such as the Dashboard or Account views.
To swap Root Views with your own, or to [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-root-views), use the `admin.components.views` property of your root [Payload Config](../configuration/overview):
To swap Root Views with your own, or to [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-views), use the `admin.components.views` property of your root [Payload Config](../configuration/overview):
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ The above example shows how to add a new [Root View](#root-views), but the patte
Collection Views are views that are scoped under the `/collections` route, such as the Collection List and Document Edit views.
To swap out Collection Views with your own, or to [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-views), use the `admin.components.views` property of your [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
To swap out Collection Views with your own, or to [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-views), use the `admin.components.views` property of your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ The following options are available:
Document Views are views that are scoped under the `/collections/:collectionSlug/:id` or the `/globals/:globalSlug` route, such as the Edit View or the API View. All Document Views keep their overall structure across navigation changes, such as their title and tabs, and replace only the content below.
To swap out Document Views with your own, or to [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-document-views), use the `admin.components.views.Edit[key]` property in your [Collection Config](../collections/overview) or [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
To swap out Document Views with your own, or to [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-views), use the `admin.components.views.Edit[key]` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections) or [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -278,18 +278,18 @@ _For details on how to build Custom Views, including all available props, see [B
The following options are available:
| Property | Description |
| ----------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`root`** | The Root View overrides all other nested views and routes. No document controls or tabs are rendered when this key is set. |
| **`default`** | The Default View is the primary view in which your document is edited. It is rendered within the "Edit" tab. |
| **`versions`** | The Versions View is used to navigate the version history of a single document. It is rendered within the "Versions" tab. [More details](../versions). |
| **`version`** | The Version View is used to edit a single version of a document. It is rendered within the "Version" tab. [More details](../versions). |
| **`api`** | The API View is used to display the REST API JSON response for a given document. It is rendered within the "API" tab. |
| **`livePreview`** | The LivePreview view is used to display the Live Preview interface. It is rendered within the "Live Preview" tab. [More details](../live-preview). |
| Property | Description |
| ----------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`root`** | The Root View overrides all other nested views and routes. No document controls or tabs are rendered when this key is set. |
| **`default`** | The Default View is the primary view in which your document is edited. It is rendered within the "Edit" tab. |
| **`versions`** | The Versions View is used to navigate the version history of a single document. It is rendered within the "Versions" tab. [More details](../versions/overview). |
| **`version`** | The Version View is used to edit a single version of a document. It is rendered within the "Version" tab. [More details](../versions/overview). |
| **`api`** | The API View is used to display the REST API JSON response for a given document. It is rendered within the "API" tab. |
| **`livePreview`** | The LivePreview view is used to display the Live Preview interface. It is rendered within the "Live Preview" tab. [More details](../live-preview/overview). |
### Document Tabs
Each Document View can be given a new tab in the Edit View, if desired. Tabs are highly configurable, from as simple as changing the label to swapping out the entire component, they can be modified in any way. To add or customize tabs in the Edit View, use the `tab` key:
Each Custom View can be given a new tab in the Edit View, if desired. Tabs are highly configurable, from as simple as changing the label to swapping out the entire component, they can be modified in any way. To add or customize tabs in the Edit View, use the `tab` key:
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
@@ -354,14 +354,14 @@ export const MyCollectionConfig: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
Your Custom Views will be provided with the following props:
| Prop | Description |
| ------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`initPageResult`** | An object containing `req`, `payload`, `permissions`, etc. |
| **`clientConfig`** | The Client Config object. [More details](../components#accessing-the-payload-config). |
| **`importMap`** | The import map object. |
| **`params`** | An object containing the [Dynamic Route Parameters](https://nextjs.org/docs/app/building-your-application/routing/dynamic-routes). |
| **`searchParams`** | An object containing the [Search Parameters](https://developer.mozilla.org/docs/Learn/Common_questions/What_is_a_URL#parameters). |
| **`doc`** | The document being edited. Only available in Document Views. [More details](#document-views). |
| Prop | Description |
| ------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`initPageResult`** | An object containing `req`, `payload`, `permissions`, etc. |
| **`clientConfig`** | The Client Config object. [More details](../admin/components#accessing-the-payload-config). |
| **`importMap`** | The import map object. |
| **`params`** | An object containing the [Dynamic Route Parameters](https://nextjs.org/docs/app/building-your-application/routing/dynamic-routes). |
| **`searchParams`** | An object containing the [Search Parameters](https://developer.mozilla.org/docs/Learn/Common_questions/What_is_a_URL#parameters). |
| **`doc`** | The document being edited. Only available in Document Views. [More details](#document-views). |
<Banner type="success">
**Reminder:**

View File

@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ For example, if you have a third-party service or external app that needs to be
<Banner type="success">
**Tip:**
<br/>
This is particularly useful as you can create a "user" that reflects an integration with a specific external service and assign a "role" or specific access only needed by that service/integration.
</Banner>

View File

@@ -27,14 +27,14 @@ export const Customers: CollectionConfig = {
<Banner type="info">
**Tip:**
Verification emails are fully customizable. [More details](#generateEmailHTML).
Verification emails are fully customizable. [More details](#generateemailhtml).
</Banner>
The following options are available:
| Option | Description |
|----------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| **`generateEmailHTML`** | Allows for overriding the HTML within emails that are sent to users indicating how to validate their account. [More details](#generateemailhtml). |
| Option | Description |
| -------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`generateEmailHTML`** | Allows for overriding the HTML within emails that are sent to users indicating how to validate their account. [More details](#generateemailhtml). |
| **`generateEmailSubject`** | Allows for overriding the subject of the email that is sent to users indicating how to validate their account. [More details](#generateemailsubject). |
#### generateEmailHTML

View File

@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ Payload comes with built-in forgot password functionality. Submitting an email a
The link to reset the user's password contains a token which is what allows the user to securely reset their password.
By default, the Forgot Password operations send users to the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) to reset their password, but you can customize the generated email to send users to the frontend of your app instead by [overriding the email HTML](/docs/authentication/overview#forgot-password).
By default, the Forgot Password operations send users to the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) to reset their password, but you can customize the generated email to send users to the frontend of your app instead by [overriding the email HTML](/docs/authentication/email#forgot-password).
**Example REST API Forgot Password**:
@@ -348,7 +348,9 @@ const token = await payload.forgotPassword({
})
```
**Note:** if you do not have a `config.serverURL` set, Payload will attempt to create one for you if the `forgot-password` operation was triggered via REST or GraphQL by looking at the incoming `req`. But this is not supported if you are calling `payload.forgotPassword()` via the Local API. If you do not have a `serverURL` set, you may want to override your `auth.forgotPassword.generateEmailHTML` function to provide a full URL to link the user to a proper reset-password page.
<Banner type="info">
**Note:** if you do not have a `config.serverURL` set, Payload will attempt to create one for you if the `forgot-password` operation was triggered via REST or GraphQL by looking at the incoming `req`. But this is not supported if you are calling `payload.forgotPassword()` via the Local API. If you do not have a `serverURL` set, you may want to override your `auth.forgotPassword.generateEmailHTML` function to provide a full URL to link the user to a proper reset-password page.
</Banner>
<Banner type="success">
**Tip:**

View File

@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ If set to `true`, an email address is required when creating a new user. If set
For testing and demo purposes you may want to skip forcing the user to login in order to access your application. Typically, all users should be required to login, however, you can speed up local development time by enabling auto-login.
To enable auto-login, set the `autoLogin` property in the [Admin Config](../configuration/admin):
To enable auto-login, set the `autoLogin` property in the [Payload Config](../admin/overview#admin-options):
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'

View File

@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ export const Users: CollectionConfig = {
<Banner type="success">
**Tip:**
<br/>
If you wish to use a different key other than the field `name`, you can define `saveToJWT` as a string.
</Banner>

View File

@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ export default buildConfig({
## Config Options
It's often best practice to write your Collections in separate files and then import them into the main [Payload Config](../overview).
It's often best practice to write your Collections in separate files and then import them into the main [Payload Config](./overview).
Here is what a simple Collection Config might look like:
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ The following options are available:
| Option | Description |
| ---------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`admin`** | The configuration options for the Admin Panel. [More details](../admin/collections). |
| **`admin`** | The configuration options for the Admin Panel. [More details](#admin-options). |
| **`access`** | Provide Access Control functions to define exactly who should be able to do what with Documents in this Collection. [More details](../access-control/collections). |
| **`auth`** | Specify options if you would like this Collection to feature authentication. [More details](../authentication/overview). |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
@@ -93,9 +93,136 @@ Fields define the schema of the Documents within a Collection. To learn more, go
[Collection Hooks](../hooks/collections) allow you to tie into the lifecycle of your Documents so you can execute your own logic during specific events. To learn more, go to the [Hooks](../hooks/overview) documentation.
### Admin Options
## Admin Options
You can customize the way that the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) behaves on a Collection-by-Collection basis. To learn more, go to the [Collection Admin Options](../admin/collections) documentation.
The behavior of Collections within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) can be fully customized to fit the needs of your application. This includes grouping or hiding their navigation links, adding [Custom Components](../admin/components), selecting which fields to display in the List View, and more.
To configure Admin Options for Collections, use the `admin` property in your Collection Config:
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyCollection: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
admin: { // highlight-line
// ...
},
}
```
The following options are available:
| Option | Description |
| -------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`group`** | Text or localization object used to group Collection and Global links in the admin navigation. Set to `false` to hide the link from the navigation while keeping its routes accessible. |
| **`hidden`** | Set to true or a function, called with the current user, returning true to exclude this Collection from navigation and admin routing. |
| **`hooks`** | Admin-specific hooks for this Collection. [More details](../hooks/collections). |
| **`useAsTitle`** | Specify a top-level field to use for a document title throughout the Admin Panel. If no field is defined, the ID of the document is used as the title. A field with `virtual: true` cannot be used as the title. |
| **`description`** | Text to display below the Collection label in the List View to give editors more information. Alternatively, you can use the `admin.components.Description` to render a React component. [More details](#custom-components). |
| **`defaultColumns`** | Array of field names that correspond to which columns to show by default in this Collection's List View. |
| **`hideAPIURL`** | Hides the "API URL" meta field while editing documents within this Collection. |
| **`enableRichTextLink`** | The [Rich Text](../fields/rich-text) field features a `Link` element which allows for users to automatically reference related documents within their rich text. Set to `true` by default. |
| **`enableRichTextRelationship`** | The [Rich Text](../fields/rich-text) field features a `Relationship` element which allows for users to automatically reference related documents within their rich text. Set to `true` by default. |
| **`meta`** | Page metadata overrides to apply to this Collection within the Admin Panel. [More details](../admin/metadata). |
| **`preview`** | Function to generate preview URLs within the Admin Panel that can point to your app. [More details](../admin/preview). |
| **`livePreview`** | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More details](../live-preview/overview). |
| **`components`** | Swap in your own React components to be used within this Collection. [More details](#custom-components). |
| **`listSearchableFields`** | Specify which fields should be searched in the List search view. [More details](#list-searchable-fields). |
| **`pagination`** | Set pagination-specific options for this Collection. [More details](#pagination). |
| **`baseListFilter`** | You can define a default base filter for this collection's List view, which will be merged into any filters that the user performs. |
### Custom Components
Collections can set their own [Custom Components](../admin/components) which only apply to Collection-specific UI within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview). This includes elements such as the Save Button, or entire layouts such as the Edit View.
To override Collection Components, use the `admin.components` property in your Collection Config:
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyCollection: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
// ...
admin: {
components: { // highlight-line
// ...
},
},
}
```
The following options are available:
| Path | Description |
| -------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| **`beforeList`** | An array of components to inject _before_ the built-in List View |
| **`beforeListTable`** | An array of components to inject _before_ the built-in List View's table |
| **`afterList`** | An array of components to inject _after_ the built-in List View |
| **`afterListTable`** | An array of components to inject _after_ the built-in List View's table |
| **`Description`** | A component to render below the Collection label in the List View. An alternative to the `admin.description` property. |
| **`edit.SaveButton`** | Replace the default Save Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be disabled. |
| **`edit.SaveDraftButton`** | Replace the default Save Draft Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be enabled and autosave must be disabled. |
| **`edit.PublishButton`** | Replace the default Publish Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be enabled. |
| **`edit.PreviewButton`** | Replace the default Preview Button with a Custom Component. [Preview](../admin/preview) must be enabled. |
| **`edit.Upload`** | Replace the default Upload component with a Custom Component. [Upload](../upload/overview) must be enabled. |
| **`views`** | Override or create new views within the Admin Panel. [More details](../admin/views). |
<Banner type="success">
**Note:**
For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](../admin/components#building-custom-components).
</Banner>
### Pagination
All Collections receive their own List View which displays a paginated list of documents that can be sorted and filtered. The pagination behavior of the List View can be customized on a per-Collection basis, and uses the same [Pagination](../queries/pagination) API that Payload provides.
To configure pagination options, use the `admin.pagination` property in your Collection Config:
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const Posts: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
admin: {
// highlight-start
pagination: {
defaultLimit: 10,
limits: [10, 20, 50],
},
// highlight-end
},
}
```
The following options are available:
| Option | Description |
| -------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| `defaultLimit` | Integer that specifies the default per-page limit that should be used. Defaults to 10. |
| `limits` | Provide an array of integers to use as per-page options for admins to choose from in the List View. |
### List Searchable Fields
In the List View, there is a "search" box that allows you to quickly find a document through a simple text search. By default, it searches on the ID field. If defined, the `admin.useAsTitle` field is used. Or, you can explicitly define which fields to search based on the needs of your application.
To define which fields should be searched, use the `admin.listSearchableFields` property in your Collection Config:
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const Posts: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
admin: {
// highlight-start
listSearchableFields: ['title', 'slug'],
// highlight-end
},
}
```
<Banner type="warning">
**Tip:**
If you are adding `listSearchableFields`, make sure you index each of these fields so your admin queries can remain performant.
</Banner>
## GraphQL

View File

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ desc: Set up your Global config for your needs by defining fields, adding slugs
keywords: globals, config, configuration, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
---
Globals are in many ways similar to [Collections](../configuration/collections), except that they correspond to only a single Document. You can define as many Globals as your application needs. Each Global Document is stored in the [Database](../database/overview) based on the [Fields](../fields/overview) that you define, and automatically generates a [Local API](../local-api/overview), [REST API](../rest-api/overview), and [GraphQL API](../graphql/overview) used to manage your Documents.
Globals are in many ways similar to [Collections](./collections), except that they correspond to only a single Document. You can define as many Globals as your application needs. Each Global Document is stored in the [Database](../database/overview) based on the [Fields](../fields/overview) that you define, and automatically generates a [Local API](../local-api/overview), [REST API](../rest-api/overview), and [GraphQL API](../graphql/overview) used to manage your Documents.
Globals are the primary way to structure singletons in Payload, such as a header navigation, site-wide banner alerts, or app-wide localized strings. Each Global can have its own unique [Access Control](../access-control/overview), [Hooks](../hooks/overview), [Admin Options](#admin-options), and more.
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ export default buildConfig({
<Banner type="success">
**Tip:**
If you have more than one Global that share the same structure, consider using a [Collection](../configuration/collections) instead.
If you have more than one Global that share the same structure, consider using a [Collection](./collections) instead.
</Banner>
## Config Options
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ The following options are available:
| Option | Description |
| ------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`access`** | Provide Access Control functions to define exactly who should be able to do what with this Global. [More details](../access-control/globals). |
| **`admin`** | The configuration options for the Admin Panel. [More details](../admin/globals). |
| **`admin`** | The configuration options for the Admin Panel. [More details](#admin-options). |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
| **`dbName`** | Custom table or collection name for this Global depending on the Database Adapter. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| **`description`** | Text or React component to display below the Global header to give editors more information. |
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ The following options are available:
| **`lockDocuments`** | Enables or disables document locking. By default, document locking is enabled. Set to an object to configure, or set to `false` to disable locking. [More details](../admin/locked-documents). |
| **`slug`** * | Unique, URL-friendly string that will act as an identifier for this Global. |
| **`typescript`** | An object with property `interface` as the text used in schema generation. Auto-generated from slug if not defined. |
| **`versions`** | Set to true to enable default options, or configure with object properties. [More details](../versions/overview#globals-config). |
| **`versions`** | Set to true to enable default options, or configure with object properties. [More details](../versions/overview#global-config). |
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
@@ -96,9 +96,68 @@ Fields define the schema of the Global. To learn more, go to the [Fields](../fie
[Global Hooks](../hooks/globals) allow you to tie into the lifecycle of your Documents so you can execute your own logic during specific events. To learn more, go to the [Hooks](../hooks/overview) documentation.
### Admin Options
## Admin Options
You can customize the way that the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) behaves on a Global-by-Global basis. To learn more, go to the [Global Admin Options](../admin/globals) documentation.
The behavior of Globals within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) can be fully customized to fit the needs of your application. This includes grouping or hiding their navigation links, adding [Custom Components](../admin/components), setting page metadata, and more.
To configure Admin Options for Globals, use the `admin` property in your Global Config:
```ts
import { GlobalConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyGlobal: GlobalConfig = {
// ...
admin: { // highlight-line
// ...
},
}
```
The following options are available:
| Option | Description |
| ----------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`group`** | Text or localization object used to group Collection and Global links in the admin navigation. Set to `false` to hide the link from the navigation while keeping its routes accessible. |
| **`hidden`** | Set to true or a function, called with the current user, returning true to exclude this Global from navigation and admin routing. |
| **`components`** | Swap in your own React components to be used within this Global. [More details](#custom-components). |
| **`preview`** | Function to generate a preview URL within the Admin Panel for this Global that can point to your app. [More details](../admin/preview). |
| **`livePreview`** | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More details](../live-preview/overview). |
| **`hideAPIURL`** | Hides the "API URL" meta field while editing documents within this collection. |
| **`meta`** | Page metadata overrides to apply to this Global within the Admin Panel. [More details](../admin/metadata). |
### Custom Components
Globals can set their own [Custom Components](../admin/components) which only apply to Global-specific UI within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview). This includes elements such as the Save Button, or entire layouts such as the Edit View.
To override Global Components, use the `admin.components` property in your Global Config:
```ts
import type { SanitizedGlobalConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyGlobal: SanitizedGlobalConfig = {
// ...
admin: {
components: { // highlight-line
// ...
},
},
}
```
The following options are available:
| Path | Description |
| ------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`elements.SaveButton`** | Replace the default Save Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be disabled. |
| **`elements.SaveDraftButton`** | Replace the default Save Draft Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be enabled and autosave must be disabled. |
| **`elements.PublishButton`** | Replace the default Publish Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be enabled. |
| **`elements.PreviewButton`** | Replace the default Preview Button with a Custom Component. [Preview](../admin/preview) must be enabled. |
| **`views`** | Override or create new views within the Admin Panel. [More details](../admin/views). |
<Banner type="success">
**Note:**
For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](../admin/components#building-custom-components).
</Banner>
## GraphQL

View File

@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ The Payload Config is strongly typed and ties directly into Payload's TypeScript
<Banner type="success">
**Tip:**
The location of your Payload Config can be customized. [More details](#customizing--automating-config-location-detection).
The location of your Payload Config can be customized. [More details](#customizing-the-config-location).
</Banner>
## Config Options
@@ -63,41 +63,41 @@ export default buildConfig({
The following options are available:
| Option | Description |
|----------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| **`admin`** | The configuration options for the Admin Panel, including Custom Components, Live Preview, etc. [More details](../admin/overview#admin-options). |
| **`bin`** | Register custom bin scripts for Payload to execute. |
| **`editor`** | The Rich Text Editor which will be used by `richText` fields. [More details](../rich-text/overview). |
| **`db`** * | The Database Adapter which will be used by Payload. [More details](../database/overview). |
| **`serverURL`** | A string used to define the absolute URL of your app. This includes the protocol, for example `https://example.com`. No paths allowed, only protocol, domain and (optionally) port. |
| **`collections`** | An array of Collections for Payload to manage. [More details](./collections). |
| **`compatibility`** | Compatibility flags for earlier versions of Payload. [More details](#compatibility-flags). |
| **`globals`** | An array of Globals for Payload to manage. [More details](./globals). |
| **`cors`** | Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) is a mechanism that accept incoming requests from given domains. You can also customize the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` header. [More details](#cors). |
| **`localization`** | Opt-in to translate your content into multiple locales. [More details](./localization). |
| **`logger`** | Logger options, logger options with a destination stream, or an instantiated logger instance. [More details](https://getpino.io/#/docs/api?id=options). |
| **`loggingLevels`** | An object to override the level to use in the logger for Payload's errors. |
| **`graphQL`** | Manage GraphQL-specific functionality, including custom queries and mutations, query complexity limits, etc. [More details](../graphql/overview#graphql-options). |
| **`cookiePrefix`** | A string that will be prefixed to all cookies that Payload sets. |
| **`csrf`** | A whitelist array of URLs to allow Payload to accept cookies from. [More details](../authentication/cookies#csrf-attacks). |
| **`defaultDepth`** | If a user does not specify `depth` while requesting a resource, this depth will be used. [More details](../queries/depth). |
| **`defaultMaxTextLength`** | The maximum allowed string length to be permitted application-wide. Helps to prevent malicious public document creation. |
| **`maxDepth`** | The maximum allowed depth to be permitted application-wide. This setting helps prevent against malicious queries. Defaults to `10`. [More details](../queries/depth). |
| **`indexSortableFields`** | Automatically index all sortable top-level fields in the database to improve sort performance and add database compatibility for Azure Cosmos and similar. |
| **`upload`** | Base Payload upload configuration. [More details](../upload/overview#payload-wide-upload-options). |
| **`routes`** | Control the routing structure that Payload binds itself to. [More details](../admin/overview#root-level-routes). |
| **`email`** | Configure the Email Adapter for Payload to use. [More details](../email/overview). |
| **`debug`** | Enable to expose more detailed error information. |
| **`telemetry`** | Disable Payload telemetry by passing `false`. [More details](#telemetry). |
| **`rateLimit`** | Control IP-based rate limiting for all Payload resources. Used to prevent DDoS attacks, etc. [More details](../production/preventing-abuse#rate-limiting-requests). |
| **`hooks`** | An array of Root Hooks. [More details](../hooks/overview). |
| **`plugins`** | An array of Plugins. [More details](../plugins/overview). |
| **`endpoints`** | An array of Custom Endpoints added to the Payload router. [More details](../rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints). |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins). |
| **`i18n`** | Internationalization configuration. Pass all i18n languages you'd like the admin UI to support. Defaults to English-only. [More details](./i18n). |
| **`secret`** * | A secure, unguessable string that Payload will use for any encryption workflows - for example, password salt / hashing. |
| **`sharp`** | If you would like Payload to offer cropping, focal point selection, and automatic media resizing, install and pass the Sharp module to the config here. |
| **`typescript`** | Configure TypeScript settings here. [More details](#typescript). |
| Option | Description |
| -------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`admin`** | The configuration options for the Admin Panel, including Custom Components, Live Preview, etc. [More details](../admin/overview#admin-options). |
| **`bin`** | Register custom bin scripts for Payload to execute. |
| **`editor`** | The Rich Text Editor which will be used by `richText` fields. [More details](../rich-text/overview). |
| **`db`** * | The Database Adapter which will be used by Payload. [More details](../database/overview). |
| **`serverURL`** | A string used to define the absolute URL of your app. This includes the protocol, for example `https://example.com`. No paths allowed, only protocol, domain and (optionally) port. |
| **`collections`** | An array of Collections for Payload to manage. [More details](./collections). |
| **`compatibility`** | Compatibility flags for earlier versions of Payload. [More details](#compatibility-flags). |
| **`globals`** | An array of Globals for Payload to manage. [More details](./globals). |
| **`cors`** | Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) is a mechanism that accept incoming requests from given domains. You can also customize the `Access-Control-Allow-Headers` header. [More details](#cors). |
| **`localization`** | Opt-in to translate your content into multiple locales. [More details](./localization). |
| **`logger`** | Logger options, logger options with a destination stream, or an instantiated logger instance. [More details](https://getpino.io/#/docs/api?id=options). |
| **`loggingLevels`** | An object to override the level to use in the logger for Payload's errors. |
| **`graphQL`** | Manage GraphQL-specific functionality, including custom queries and mutations, query complexity limits, etc. [More details](../graphql/overview#graphql-options). |
| **`cookiePrefix`** | A string that will be prefixed to all cookies that Payload sets. |
| **`csrf`** | A whitelist array of URLs to allow Payload to accept cookies from. [More details](../authentication/cookies#csrf-attacks). |
| **`defaultDepth`** | If a user does not specify `depth` while requesting a resource, this depth will be used. [More details](../queries/depth). |
| **`defaultMaxTextLength`** | The maximum allowed string length to be permitted application-wide. Helps to prevent malicious public document creation. |
| **`maxDepth`** | The maximum allowed depth to be permitted application-wide. This setting helps prevent against malicious queries. Defaults to `10`. [More details](../queries/depth). |
| **`indexSortableFields`** | Automatically index all sortable top-level fields in the database to improve sort performance and add database compatibility for Azure Cosmos and similar. |
| **`upload`** | Base Payload upload configuration. [More details](../upload/overview#payload-wide-upload-options). |
| **`routes`** | Control the routing structure that Payload binds itself to. [More details](../admin/overview#root-level-routes). |
| **`email`** | Configure the Email Adapter for Payload to use. [More details](../email/overview). |
| **`debug`** | Enable to expose more detailed error information. |
| **`telemetry`** | Disable Payload telemetry by passing `false`. [More details](#telemetry). |
| **`rateLimit`** | Control IP-based rate limiting for all Payload resources. Used to prevent DDoS attacks, etc. [More details](../production/preventing-abuse#rate-limiting-requests). |
| **`hooks`** | An array of Root Hooks. [More details](../hooks/overview). |
| **`plugins`** | An array of Plugins. [More details](../plugins/overview). |
| **`endpoints`** | An array of Custom Endpoints added to the Payload router. [More details](../rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints). |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins). |
| **`i18n`** | Internationalization configuration. Pass all i18n languages you'd like the admin UI to support. Defaults to English-only. [More details](./i18n). |
| **`secret`** * | A secure, unguessable string that Payload will use for any encryption workflows - for example, password salt / hashing. |
| **`sharp`** | If you would like Payload to offer cropping, focal point selection, and automatic media resizing, install and pass the Sharp module to the config here. |
| **`typescript`** | Configure TypeScript settings here. [More details](#typescript). |
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ _* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
### Typescript Config
Payload exposes a variety of TypeScript settings that you can leverage. These settings are used to auto-generate TypeScript interfaces for your [Collections](../configuration/collections) and [Globals](../configuration/globals), and to ensure that Payload uses your [Generated Types](../typescript/overview) for all [Local API](../local-api/overview) methods.
Payload exposes a variety of TypeScript settings that you can leverage. These settings are used to auto-generate TypeScript interfaces for your [Collections](./collections) and [Globals](./globals), and to ensure that Payload uses your [Generated Types](../typescript/overview) for all [Local API](../local-api/overview) methods.
To customize the TypeScript settings, use the `typescript` property in your Payload Config:
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ If none was in either location, Payload will finally check the `dist` directory.
### Customizing the Config Location
In addition to the above automated detection, you can specify your own location for the Payload Config. This can be useful in situations where your config is not in a standard location, or you wish to switch between multiple configurations. To do this, Payload exposes an [Environment Variable](..environment-variables) to bypass all automatic config detection.
In addition to the above automated detection, you can specify your own location for the Payload Config. This can be useful in situations where your config is not in a standard location, or you wish to switch between multiple configurations. To do this, Payload exposes an [Environment Variable](./environment-variables) to bypass all automatic config detection.
To use a custom config location, set the `PAYLOAD_CONFIG_PATH` environment variable:
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Payload collects **completely anonymous** telemetry data about general usage. Th
For more information about what we track, take a look at our [privacy policy](/privacy).
## Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS)
## Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS)#cors
Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) can be configured with either a whitelist array of URLS to allow CORS requests from, a wildcard string (`*`) to accept incoming requests from any domain, or a object with the following properties:

View File

@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ You can disable this setting and solely use migrations to manage your local deve
For this reason, we suggest that you leave `push` as its default setting and treat your local dev database as a sandbox.
For more information about push mode and prototyping in development, [click here](./postgres#prototyping-in-dev-mode).
For more information about push mode and prototyping in development, [click here](./postgres#prototyping-in-development-mode).
The typical workflow in Payload is to build out your Payload configs, install plugins, and make progress in development mode - allowing Drizzle to push your changes to your local database for you. Once you're finished, you can create a migration.
@@ -274,5 +274,5 @@ export default buildConfig({
Passing your migrations as shown above will tell Payload, in production only, to execute any migrations that need to be run prior to completing the initialization of Payload. This is ideal for long-running services where Payload will only be initialized at startup.
<Banner type="warning">
Warning - if Payload is instructed to run migrations in production, this may slow down serverless cold starts on platforms such as Vercel. Generally, this option should only be used for long-running servers / containers.
**Warning:** if Payload is instructed to run migrations in production, this may slow down serverless cold starts on platforms such as Vercel. Generally, this option should only be used for long-running servers / containers.
</Banner>

View File

@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ export default buildConfig({
<Banner type="info">
**Note:**
If when using `vercelPostgresAdapter` your `process.env.POSTGRES_URL` or `pool.connectionString` points to a local database (e.g hostname has `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) we use the `pg` module for pooling instead of `@vercel/postgres`. This is because `@vercel/postgres` doesn't work with local databases, if you want to disable that behavior, you can pass `forceUseVercelPostgres: true` to adapter's 'args and follow [Vercel guide](https://vercel.com/docs/storage/vercel-postgres/local-development#option-2:-local-postgres-instance-with-docker) for a Docker Neon DB setup.
If you're using `vercelPostgresAdapter` your `process.env.POSTGRES_URL` or `pool.connectionString` points to a local database (e.g hostname has `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) we use the `pg` module for pooling instead of `@vercel/postgres`. This is because `@vercel/postgres` doesn't work with local databases, if you want to disable that behavior, you can pass `forceUseVercelPostgres: true` to the adapter's args and follow [Vercel guide](https://vercel.com/docs/storage/vercel-postgres/local-development#option-2:-local-postgres-instance-with-docker) for a Docker Neon DB setup.
</Banner>
## Options

View File

@@ -16,7 +16,6 @@ Payload provides a vast array of examples to help you get started with your proj
- [Live Preview](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/live-preview)
- [Multi-tenant](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/multi-tenant)
- [Tailwind / Shadcn-ui](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/tailwind-shadcn-ui)
- [Tests](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/testing)
- [White-label Admin UI](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/whitelabel)
If you'd like to run the examples, you can use `create-payload-app` to create a project from one:

View File

@@ -79,12 +79,12 @@ export const MyArrayField: Field = {
}
```
The Array Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Array Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
| Option | Description |
| ------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`initCollapsed`** | Set the initial collapsed state |
| **`components.RowLabel`** | React component to be rendered as the label on the array row. [Example](#example-of-a-custom-rowlabel-component) |
| **`components.RowLabel`** | React component to be rendered as the label on the array row. [Example](#row-label) |
| **`isSortable`** | Disable order sorting by setting this value to `false` |
## Example
@@ -125,18 +125,99 @@ export const ExampleCollection: CollectionConfig = {
type: 'text',
},
],
admin: {
components: {
RowLabel: '/path/to/ArrayRowLabel#ArrayRowLabel',
},
},
},
],
}
```
### Example of a custom RowLabel component
## Custom Components
### Field
#### Server Component
```tsx
import type React from 'react'
import { ArrayField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { ArrayFieldServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomArrayFieldServer: ArrayFieldServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
schemaPath,
permissions
}) => {
return (
<ArrayField
field={clientField}
path={path}
schemaPath={schemaPath}
permissions={permissions}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { ArrayField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { ArrayFieldClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomArrayFieldClient: ArrayFieldClientComponent = (props) => {
return <ArrayField {...props} />
}
```
### Label
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { ArrayFieldLabelServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomArrayFieldLabelServer: ArrayFieldLabelServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={clientField?.label || clientField?.name}
path={path}
required={clientField?.required}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import type { ArrayFieldLabelClientComponent } from 'payload'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import React from 'react'
export const CustomArrayFieldLabelClient: ArrayFieldLabelClientComponent = ({
field,
path
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={field?.label || field?.name}
path={path}
required={field?.required}
/>
)
}
```
### Row Label
```tsx
'use client'

View File

@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ export const MyBlocksField: Field = {
}
```
The Blocks Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Blocks Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
| Option | Description |
| ------------------- | ---------------------------------- |
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ The Blocks Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin
#### Customizing the way your block is rendered in Lexical
If you're using this block within the [Lexical editor](/docs/lexical/overview), you can also customize how the block is rendered in the Lexical editor itself by specifying custom components.
If you're using this block within the [Lexical editor](/docs/rich-text/overview), you can also customize how the block is rendered in the Lexical editor itself by specifying custom components.
- `admin.components.Label` - pass a custom React component here to customize the way that the label is rendered for this block
- `admin.components.Block` - pass a component here to completely override the way the block is rendered in Lexical with your own component
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ This is super handy if you'd like to present your editors with a very deliberate
For example, if you have a `gallery` block, you might want to actually render the gallery of images directly in your Lexical block. With the `admin.components.Block` property, you can do exactly that!
<Banner type="success">
**Tip:**<br/>
**Tip:**
If you customize the way your block is rendered in Lexical, you can import utility components to easily edit / remove your block - so that you don't have to build all of this yourself.
</Banner>
@@ -135,7 +135,6 @@ Blocks are defined as separate configs of their own.
<Banner type="success">
**Tip:**
Best practice is to define each block config in its own file, and then import them into your
Blocks field as necessary. This way each block config can be easily shared between fields. For
instance, using the "layout builder" example, you might want to feature a few of the same blocks
@@ -210,6 +209,92 @@ export const ExampleCollection: CollectionConfig = {
}
```
## Custom Components
### Field
#### Server Component
```tsx
import type React from 'react'
import { BlocksField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { BlocksFieldServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomBlocksFieldServer: BlocksFieldServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
schemaPath,
permissions
}) => {
return (
<BlocksField field={clientField}
path={path}
schemaPath={schemaPath}
permissions={permissions}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { BlocksField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { BlocksFieldClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomBlocksFieldClient: BlocksFieldClientComponent = (props) => {
return <BlocksField {...props} />
}
```
### Label
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { BlocksFieldLabelServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomBlocksFieldLabelServer: BlocksFieldLabelServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={clientField?.label || clientField?.name}
path={path}
required={clientField?.required}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { BlocksFieldLabelClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomBlocksFieldLabelClient: BlocksFieldLabelClientComponent = ({
label,
path,
required,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={field?.label || field?.name}
path={path}
required={field?.required}
/>
)
}
```
## TypeScript
As you build your own Block configs, you might want to store them in separate files but retain typing accordingly. To do so, you can import and use Payload's `Block` type:

View File

@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ export const MyCheckboxField: Field = {
| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value, will default to false if field is also `required`. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values) |
| **`localized`** | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config. |
| **`required`** | Require this field to have a value. |
| **`admin`** | Admin-specific configuration. [More details](../admin/fields#admin-options). |
| **`admin`** | Admin-specific configuration. [More details](./overview#admin-options). |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
@@ -67,3 +67,90 @@ export const ExampleCollection: CollectionConfig = {
],
}
```
## Custom Components
### Field
#### Server Component
```tsx
import type React from 'react'
import { CheckboxField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { CheckboxFieldServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomCheckboxFieldServer: CheckboxFieldServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
schemaPath,
permissions,
}) => {
return (
<CheckboxField
field={clientField}
path={path}
schemaPath={schemaPath}
permissions={permissions}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { CheckboxField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { CheckboxFieldClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomCheckboxFieldClient: CheckboxFieldClientComponent = (props) => {
return <CheckboxField {...props} />
}
```
### Label
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { CheckboxFieldLabelServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomCheckboxFieldLabelServer: CheckboxFieldLabelServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={clientField?.label || clientField?.name}
path={path}
required={clientField?.required}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { CheckboxFieldLabelClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomCheckboxFieldLabelClient: CheckboxFieldLabelClientComponent = ({
label,
path,
required,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={field?.label || field?.name}
path={path}
required={field?.required}
/>
)
}
```

View File

@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ export const MyBlocksField: Field = {
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`unique`** | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field. |
| **`index`** | Build an [index](/docs/database#overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
| **`index`** | Build an [index](/docs/database/overview) for this field to produce faster queries. Set this field to `true` if your users will perform queries on this field's data often. |
| **`minLength`** | Used by the default validation function to ensure values are of a minimum character length. |
| **`maxLength`** | Used by the default validation function to ensure values are of a maximum character length. |
| **`validate`** | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin Panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation) |
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ export const MyCodeField: Field = {
}
```
The Code Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Code Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
| Option | Description |
| ------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
@@ -95,3 +95,85 @@ export const ExampleCollection: CollectionConfig = {
],
}
```
## Custom Components
### Field
#### Server Component
```tsx
import type React from 'react'
import { CodeField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { CodeFieldServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomCodeFieldServer: CodeFieldServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
schemaPath,
permissions,
}) => {
return (
<CodeField field={clientField} path={path} schemaPath={schemaPath} permissions={permissions} />
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { CodeField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { CodeFieldClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomCodeFieldClient: CodeFieldClientComponent = (props) => {
return <CodeField {...props} />
}
```
### Label
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { CodeFieldLabelServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomCodeFieldLabelServer: CodeFieldLabelServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={clientField?.label || clientField?.name}
path={path}
required={clientField?.required}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { CodeFieldLabelClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomCodeFieldLabelClient: CodeFieldLabelClientComponent = ({
field,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={field?.label || field?.name}
path={path}
required={field?.required}
/>
)
}
```

View File

@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ export const MyCollapsibleField: Field = {
}
```
The Collapsible Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Collapsible Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
| Option | Description |
| ------------------- | ------------------------------- |

View File

@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ export const MyDateField: Field = {
}
```
The Date Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Date Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
| Property | Description |
| ------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
@@ -80,13 +80,13 @@ The Date Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Co
| **`date.timeIntervals`** * | Time intervals to display. Defaults to 30 minutes. |
| **`date.timeFormat`** * | Determines time format. Defaults to `'h:mm aa'`. |
_* This property is passed directly to [react-datepicker](https://github.com/Hacker0x01/react-datepicker/blob/master/docs/datepicker.md). ._
_* This property is passed directly to [react-datepicker](https://github.com/Hacker0x01/react-datepicker/blob/master/docs/datepicker.md)._
### Display Format and Picker Appearance
These properties only affect how the date is displayed in the UI. The full date is always stored in the format `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:mm:ss.SSSZ` (e.g. `1999-01-01T8:00:00.000+05:00`).
`displayFormat` determines how the date is presented in the field **cell**, you can pass any valid (unicode date format)[https://date-fns.org/v4.1.0/docs/format].
`displayFormat` determines how the date is presented in the field **cell**, you can pass any valid [unicode date format](https://date-fns.org/v4.1.0/docs/format).
`pickerAppearance` sets the appearance of the **react datepicker**, the options available are `dayAndTime`, `dayOnly`, `timeOnly`, and `monthOnly`. By default, the datepicker will display `dayOnly`.
@@ -135,3 +135,90 @@ export const ExampleCollection: CollectionConfig = {
],
}
```
## Custom Components
### Field
#### Server Component
```tsx
import type React from 'react'
import { DateTimeField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { DateFieldServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomDateFieldServer: DateFieldServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
schemaPath,
permissions,
}) => {
return (
<DateTimeField
field={clientField}
path={path}
schemaPath={schemaPath}
permissions={permissions}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { DateTimeField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { DateFieldClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomDateFieldClient: DateFieldClientComponent = (props) => {
return <DateTimeField {...props} />
}
```
### Label
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { DateFieldLabelServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomDateFieldLabelServer: DateFieldLabelServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={clientField?.label || clientField?.name}
path={path}
required={clientField?.required}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { DateFieldLabelClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomDateFieldLabelClient: DateFieldLabelClientComponent = ({
field,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={field?.label || field?.name}
path={path}
required={field?.required}
/>
)
}
```

View File

@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ export const MyEmailField: Field = {
}
```
The Email Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Email Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
| Property | Description |
| ------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
@@ -90,3 +90,83 @@ export const ExampleCollection: CollectionConfig = {
],
}
```
## Custom Components
### Field
#### Server Component
```tsx
import type React from 'react'
import { EmailField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { EmailFieldServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomEmailFieldServer: EmailFieldServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
schemaPath,
permissions,
}) => {
return (
<EmailField field={clientField} path={path} schemaPath={schemaPath} permissions={permissions} />
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { EmailField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { EmailFieldClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomEmailFieldClient: EmailFieldClientComponent = (props) => {
return <EmailField {...props} />
}
```
### Label
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { EmailFieldLabelServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomEmailFieldLabelServer: EmailFieldLabelServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={clientField?.label || clientField?.name}
path={path}
required={clientField?.required}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { EmailFieldLabelClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomEmailFieldLabelClient: EmailFieldLabelClientComponent = ({
field,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={field?.label || field?.name}
path={path}
required={field?.required}
/>
)}
```

View File

@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ export const MyGroupField: Field = {
}
```
The Group Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Group Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
| Option | Description |
| ------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |

View File

@@ -123,11 +123,11 @@ powerful Admin UI.
| Option | Description |
|------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`collection`** * | The `slug`s having the relationship field. |
| **`on`** * | The name of the relationship or upload field that relates to the collection document. Use dot notation for nested paths, like 'myGroup.relationName'. |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when retrieved from the database. [More](./overview#field-names) |
| **`collection`** * | The `slug`s having the relationship field. |
| **`on`** * | The name of the relationship or upload field that relates to the collection document. Use dot notation for nested paths, like 'myGroup.relationName'. |
| **`where`** | A `Where` query to hide related documents from appearing. Will be merged with any `where` specified in the request. |
| **`maxDepth`** | Default is 1, Sets a maximum population depth for this field, regardless of the remaining depth when this field is reached. [Max Depth](/docs/getting-started/concepts#field-level-max-depth). |
| **`maxDepth`** | Default is 1, Sets a maximum population depth for this field, regardless of the remaining depth when this field is reached. [Max Depth](../queries/depth#max-depth). |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`hooks`** | Provide Field Hooks to control logic for this field. [More details](../hooks/fields). |
| **`access`** | Provide Field Access Control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More details](../access-control/fields). |
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ You can control the user experience of the join field using the `admin` config p
|------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| **`defaultColumns`** | Array of field names that correspond to which columns to show in the relationship table. Default is the collection config. |
| **`allowCreate`** | Set to `false` to remove the controls for making new related documents from this field. |
| **`components.Label`** | Override the default Label of the Field Component. [More details](../admin/fields#label) |
| **`components.Label`** | Override the default Label of the Field Component. [More details](./overview#label) |
## Join Field Data

View File

@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ export const MyJSONField: Field = {
}
```
The JSON Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The JSON Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
| Option | Description |
| ------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
@@ -154,3 +154,89 @@ export const ExampleCollection: CollectionConfig = {
// {"foo": "bar"} or {"foo": "foobar"} - ok
// Attempting to create {"foo": "not-bar"} will throw an error
```
## Custom Components
### Field
#### Server Component
```tsx
import type React from 'react'
import { JSONField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { JSONFieldServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomJSONFieldServer: JSONFieldServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
schemaPath,
permissions,
}) => {
return (
<JSONField
field={clientField}
path={path}
schemaPath={schemaPath}
permissions={permissions}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { JSONField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { JSONFieldClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomJSONFieldClient: JSONFieldClientComponent = (props) => {
return <JSONField {...props} />
}
```
### Label
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { JSONFieldLabelServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomJSONFieldLabelServer: JSONFieldLabelServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={clientField?.label || clientField?.name}
path={path}
required={clientField?.required}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { JSONFieldLabelClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomJSONFieldLabelClient: JSONFieldLabelClientComponent = ({
field,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={field?.label || field?.name}
path={path}
required={field?.required}
/>
)
}
```

View File

@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ export const MyNumberField: Field = {
}
```
The Number Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Number Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
| Property | Description |
| ------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
@@ -98,3 +98,89 @@ export const ExampleCollection: CollectionConfig = {
],
}
```
## Custom Components
### Field
#### Server Component
```tsx
import type React from 'react'
import { NumberField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { NumberFieldServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomNumberFieldServer: NumberFieldServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
schemaPath,
permissions,
}) => {
return (
<NumberField
field={clientField}
path={path}
schemaPath={schemaPath}
permissions={permissions}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { NumberField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { NumberFieldClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomNumberFieldClient: NumberFieldClientComponent = (props) => {
return <NumberField {...props} />
}
```
### Label
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { NumberFieldLabelServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomNumberFieldLabelServer: NumberFieldLabelServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={clientField?.label || clientField?.name}
path={path}
required={clientField?.required}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { NumberFieldLabelClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomNumberFieldLabelClient: NumberFieldLabelClientComponent = ({
field,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={field?.label || field?.name}
path={path}
required={field?.required}
/>
)
}
```

View File

@@ -1,14 +1,16 @@
---
title: Fields Overview
description: Fields are the building blocks of Payload, find out how to add or remove a field, change field type, add hooks, define Access Control and Validation.
keywords: overview, fields, config, configuration, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
label: Overview
order: 10
desc: Fields are the building blocks of Payload, find out how to add or remove a field, change field type, add hooks, define Access Control and Validation.
keywords: overview, fields, config, configuration, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
title: Fields Overview
---
Fields are the building blocks of Payload. They define the schema of the Documents that will be stored in the [Database](../database/overview), as well as automatically generate the corresponding UI within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview).
There are many [Field Types](#field-types) to choose from, ranging anywhere from simple text strings to nested arrays and blocks. Most fields save data to the database, while others are strictly presentational. Fields can have [Custom Validations](#validation), [Conditional Logic](../admin/fields#conditional-logic), [Access Control](#field-level-access-control), [Hooks](#field-level-hooks), and so much more.
There are many [Field Types](#field-types) to choose from, ranging anywhere from simple text strings to nested arrays and blocks. Most fields save data to the database, while others are strictly presentational. Fields can have [Custom Validations](#validation), [Conditional Logic](./overview#conditional-logic), [Access Control](#field-level-access-control), [Hooks](#field-level-hooks), and so much more.
Fields can be endlessly customized in their appearance and behavior without affecting their underlying data structure. Fields are designed to withstand heavy modification or even complete replacement through the use of [Custom Field Components](#custom-components).
To configure fields, use the `fields` property in your [Collection](../configuration/collections) or [Global](../configuration/globals) config:
@@ -23,10 +25,6 @@ export const Page: CollectionConfig = {
}
```
<Banner type="success">
You can fully customize the appearance and behavior of all fields within the Admin Panel. [More details](../admin/fields).
</Banner>
## Field Types
Payload provides a wide variety of built-in Field Types, each with its own unique properties and behaviors that determine which values it can accept, how it is presented in the API, and how it will be rendered in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview).
@@ -50,14 +48,14 @@ export const Page: CollectionConfig = {
```
<Banner type="warning">
**Reminder:**
Each field is an object with at least the `type` property. This matches the field to its corresponding Field Type. [More details](#field-options).
**Reminder:** Each field is an object with at least the `type` property. This matches the field to its corresponding Field Type. [More details](#field-options).
</Banner>
There are two main categories of fields in Payload:
There are three main categories of fields in Payload:
- [Data Fields](#data-fields)
- [Presentational Fields](#presentational-fields)
- [Virtual Fields](#virtual-fields)
To begin writing fields, first determine which [Field Type](#field-types) best supports your application. Then to author your field accordingly using the [Field Options](#field-options) for your chosen field type.
@@ -92,15 +90,21 @@ Presentational Fields do not store data in the database. Instead, they are used
Here are the available Presentational Fields:
- [Collapsible](/docs/fields/collapsible) - nests fields within a collapsible component
- [Join](/docs/fields/join) - achieves two-way data binding between fields
- [Row](/docs/fields/row) - aligns fields horizontally
- [Tabs (Unnamed)](/docs/fields/tabs) - nests fields within a tabbed layout
- [UI](/docs/fields/ui) - blank field for custom UI components
- [Collapsible](../fields/collapsible) - nests fields within a collapsible component
- [Row](../fields/row) - aligns fields horizontally
- [Tabs (Unnamed)](../fields/tabs) - nests fields within a tabbed layout
- [UI](../fields/ui) - blank field for custom UI components
<Banner type="warning">
**Tip:**
Don't see a Field Type that fits your needs? You can build your own using a [Custom Field Component](../admin/fields#field).
### Virtual Fields
Virtual fields are used to display data that is not stored in the database. They are useful for displaying computed values that populate within the APi response through hooks, etc.
Here are the available Virtual Fields:
- [Join](../fields/join) - achieves two-way data binding between fields
<Banner type="success">
**Tip:** Don't see a built-in field type that you need? Build it! Using a combination of [Field Validations](#validation) and [Custom Components](../admin/components), you can override the entirety of how a component functions within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) to effectively create your own field type.
</Banner>
## Field Options
@@ -141,10 +145,10 @@ Payload reserves various field names for internal use. Using reserved field name
The following field names are forbidden and cannot be used:
- `__v`
- `salt`
- `hash`
- `file`
- `__v`
- `salt`
- `hash`
- `file`
### Field-level Hooks
@@ -235,8 +239,7 @@ export const myField: Field = {
```
<Banner type="success">
**Tip:**
You can use async `defaultValue` functions to fill fields with data from API requests or Local API using `req.payload`.
**Tip:** You can use async `defaultValue` functions to fill fields with data from API requests or Local API using `req.payload`.
</Banner>
### Validation
@@ -259,10 +262,10 @@ Custom validation functions should return either `true` or a `string` representi
The following arguments are provided to the `validate` function:
| Argument | Description |
| -------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| `value` | The value of the field being validated. |
| `ctx` | An object with additional data and context. [More details](#validation-context) |
| Argument | Description |
| --- | --- |
| `value` | The value of the field being validated. |
| `ctx` | An object with additional data and context. [More details](#validation-context) |
#### Validation Context
@@ -283,13 +286,14 @@ export const MyField: Field = {
The following additional properties are provided in the `ctx` object:
| Property | Description |
| ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| `data` | An object containing the full collection or global document currently being edited. |
| `siblingData` | An object containing document data that is scoped to only fields within the same parent of this field. |
| `operation` | Will be `create` or `update` depending on the UI action or API call. |
| `id` | The `id` of the current document being edited. `id` is `undefined` during the `create` operation. |
| `req` | The current HTTP request object. Contains `payload`, `user`, etc. |
| Property | Description |
| --- | --- |
| `data` | An object containing the full collection or global document currently being edited. |
| `siblingData` | An object containing document data that is scoped to only fields within the same parent of this field. |
| `operation` | Will be `create` or `update` depending on the UI action or API call. |
| `id` | The `id` of the current document being edited. `id` is `undefined` during the `create` operation. |
| `req` | The current HTTP request object. Contains `payload`, `user`, etc. |
| `event` | Either `onChange` or `submit` depending on the current action. Used as a performance opt-in. [More details](#async-field-validations). |
#### Reusing Default Field Validations
@@ -310,10 +314,37 @@ const field: Field = {
}
```
Here is a list of all default field validation functions:
```ts
import {
array,
blocks,
checkbox,
code,
date,
email,
group,
json,
number,
point,
radio,
relationship,
richText,
select,
tabs,
text,
textarea,
upload,
} from 'payload/shared'
```
#### Async Field Validations
Custom validation functions can also be asynchronous depending on your needs. This makes it possible to make requests to external services or perform other miscellaneous asynchronous logic.
When writing async validation functions, it is important to consider the performance implications. Validations are executed on every change to the field, so they should be as lightweight as possible. If you need to perform expensive validations, such as querying the database, consider using the `event` property in the `ctx` object to only run the validation on form submission.
To write asynchronous validation functions, use the `async` keyword to define your function:
```ts
@@ -326,10 +357,18 @@ export const Orders: CollectionConfig = {
name: 'customerNumber',
type: 'text',
// highlight-start
validate: async (val, { operation }) => {
if (operation !== 'create') return true
validate: async (val, { event }) => {
if (event === 'onChange') {
return true
}
// only perform expensive validation when the form is submitted
const response = await fetch(`https://your-api.com/customers/${val}`)
if (response.ok) return true
if (response.ok) {
return true
}
return 'The customer number provided does not match any customers within our records.'
},
// highlight-end
@@ -338,24 +377,6 @@ export const Orders: CollectionConfig = {
}
```
### Admin Options
In addition to each field's base configuration, you can use the `admin` key to specify traits and properties for fields that will only effect how they are _rendered_ within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), such as their appearance or behavior.
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
export const MyField: Field = {
type: 'text',
name: 'myField',
admin: { // highlight-line
// ...
}
}
```
For full details on Admin Options, see the [Field Admin Options](../admin/fields) documentation.
## Custom ID Fields
All [Collections](../configuration/collections) automatically generate their own ID field. If needed, you can override this behavior by providing an explicit ID field to your config. This field should either be required or have a hook to generate the ID dynamically.
@@ -378,16 +399,543 @@ export const MyCollection: CollectionConfig = {
```
<Banner type="warning">
**Reminder:**
The Custom ID Fields can only be of type [`Number`](./number) or [`Text`](./text).
Custom ID fields with type `text` must not contain `/` or `.` characters.
**Reminder:** The Custom ID Fields can only be of type [`Number`](./number) or [`Text`](./text). Custom ID fields with type `text` must not contain `/` or `.` characters.
</Banner>
## Admin Options
You can customize the appearance and behavior of fields within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) through the `admin` property of any Field Config:
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const CollectionConfig: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
fields: [
// ...
{
name: 'myField',
type: 'text',
admin: { // highlight-line
// ...
},
}
]
}
```
The following options are available:
| Option | Description |
| --- | --- |
| **`condition`** | Programmatically show / hide fields based on other fields. [More details](#conditional-logic). |
| **`components`** | All Field Components can be swapped out for [Custom Components](../admin/components) that you define. |
| **`description`** | Helper text to display alongside the field to provide more information for the editor. [More details](#description). |
| **`position`** | Specify if the field should be rendered in the sidebar by defining `position: 'sidebar'`. |
| **`width`** | Restrict the width of a field. You can pass any string-based value here, be it pixels, percentages, etc. This property is especially useful when fields are nested within a `Row` type where they can be organized horizontally. |
| **`style`** | [CSS Properties](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS) to inject into the root element of the field. |
| **`className`** | Attach a [CSS class attribute](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS/Class_selectors) to the root DOM element of a field. |
| **`readOnly`** | Setting a field to `readOnly` has no effect on the API whatsoever but disables the admin component's editability to prevent editors from modifying the field's value. |
| **`disabled`** | If a field is `disabled`, it is completely omitted from the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) entirely. |
| **`disableBulkEdit`** | Set `disableBulkEdit` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the select options when making edits for multiple documents. Defaults to `true` for UI fields. |
| **`disableListColumn`** | Set `disableListColumn` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the list view column selector. |
| **`disableListFilter`** | Set `disableListFilter` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the list view filter options. |
| **`hidden`** | Will transform the field into a `hidden` input type. Its value will still submit with requests in the Admin Panel, but the field itself will not be visible to editors. |
### Field Descriptions
Field Descriptions are used to provide additional information to the editor about a field, such as special instructions. Their placement varies from field to field, but typically are displayed with subtle style differences beneath the field inputs.
A description can be configured in three ways:
- As a string.
- As a function which returns a string. [More details](#description-functions).
- As a React component. [More details](#description).
To add a Custom Description to a field, use the `admin.description` property in your Field Config:
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyCollectionConfig: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
// ...
fields: [
// ...
{
name: 'myField',
type: 'text',
admin: {
description: 'Hello, world!' // highlight-line
},
},
]
}
```
<Banner type="warning">
**Reminder:** To replace the Field Description with a [Custom Component](../admin/components), use the `admin.components.Description` property. [More details](#description).
</Banner>
#### Description Functions
Custom Descriptions can also be defined as a function. Description Functions are executed on the server and can be used to format simple descriptions based on the user's current [Locale](../configuration/localization).
To add a Description Function to a field, set the `admin.description` property to a *function* in your Field Config:
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyCollectionConfig: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
// ...
fields: [
// ...
{
name: 'myField',
type: 'text',
admin: {
description: ({ t }) => `${t('Hello, world!')}` // highlight-line
},
},
]
}
```
All Description Functions receive the following arguments:
| Argument | Description |
| --- | --- |
| **`t`** | The `t` function used to internationalize the Admin Panel. [More details](../configuration/i18n) |
<Banner type="info">
**Note:** If you need to subscribe to live updates within your form, use a Description Component instead. [More details](#description).
</Banner>
### Conditional Logic
You can show and hide fields based on what other fields are doing by utilizing conditional logic on a field by field basis. The `condition` property on a field's admin config accepts a function which takes three arguments:
- `data` - the entire document's data that is currently being edited
- `siblingData` - only the fields that are direct siblings to the field with the condition
- `{ user }` - the final argument is an object containing the currently authenticated user
The `condition` function should return a boolean that will control if the field should be displayed or not.
**Example:**
```ts
{
fields: [
{
name: 'enableGreeting',
type: 'checkbox',
defaultValue: false,
},
{
name: 'greeting',
type: 'text',
admin: {
// highlight-start
condition: (data, siblingData, { user }) => {
if (data.enableGreeting) {
return true
} else {
return false
}
},
// highlight-end
},
},
]
}
```
### Custom Components
Within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), fields are represented in three distinct places:
- [Field](#field) - The actual form field rendered in the Edit View.
- [Cell](#cell) - The table cell component rendered in the List View.
- [Filter](#filter) - The filter component rendered in the List View.
- [Diff](#diff) - The Diff component rendered in the Version Diff View
To swap in Field Components with your own, use the `admin.components` property in your Field Config:
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const CollectionConfig: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
fields: [
// ...
{
// ...
admin: {
components: { // highlight-line
// ...
},
},
}
]
}
```
The following options are available:
| Component | Description |
| --- | --- |
| **`Field`** | The form field rendered of the Edit View. [More details](#field). |
| **`Cell`** | The table cell rendered of the List View. [More details](#cell). |
| **`Filter`** | The filter component rendered in the List View. [More details](#filter). |
| **`Label`** | Override the default Label of the Field Component. [More details](#label). |
| **`Error`** | Override the default Error of the Field Component. [More details](#error). |
| **`Diff`** | Override the default Diff component rendered in the Version Diff View. [More details](#diff). |
| **`Description`** | Override the default Description of the Field Component. [More details](#description). |
| **`beforeInput`** | An array of elements that will be added before the input of the Field Component. [More details](#afterinput-and-beforeinput). |
| **`afterInput`** | An array of elements that will be added after the input of the Field Component. [More details](#afterinput-and-beforeinput). |
#### Field
The Field Component is the actual form field rendered in the Edit View. This is the input that user's will interact with when editing a document.
To swap in your own Field Component, use the `admin.components.Field` property in your Field Config:
```ts
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const CollectionConfig: CollectionConfig = {
// ...
fields: [
// ...
{
// ...
admin: {
components: {
Field: '/path/to/MyFieldComponent', // highlight-line
},
},
}
]
}
```
*For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](../admin/components#building-custom-components).*
<Banner type="warning">
Instead of replacing the entire Field Component, you can alternately replace or slot-in only specific parts by using the [`Label`](#label), [`Error`](#error), [`beforeInput`](#afterinput-and-beforinput), and [`afterInput`](#afterinput-and-beforinput) properties.
</Banner>
##### Default Props
All Field Components receive the following props by default:
| Property | Description |
| --- | --- |
| **`docPreferences`** | An object that contains the [Preferences](../admin/preferences) for the document. |
| **`field`** | In Client Components, this is the sanitized Client Field Config. In Server Components, this is the original Field Config. Server Components will also receive the sanitized field config through the`clientField` prop (see below). |
| **`locale`** | The locale of the field. [More details](../configuration/localization). |
| **`readOnly`** | A boolean value that represents if the field is read-only or not. |
| **`user`** | The currently authenticated user. [More details](../authentication/overview). |
| **`validate`** | A function that can be used to validate the field. |
| **`path`** | A string representing the direct, dynamic path to the field at runtime, i.e. `myGroup.myArray.0.myField`. |
| **`schemaPath`** | A string representing the direct, static path to the Field Config, i.e. `posts.myGroup.myArray.myField`. |
| **`indexPath`** | A hyphen-notated string representing the path to the field *within the nearest named ancestor field*, i.e. `0-0` |
In addition to the above props, all Server Components will also receive the following props:
| Property | Description |
| --- | --- |
| **`clientField`** | The serializable Client Field Config. |
| **`field`** | The Field Config. |
| **`data`** | The current document being edited. |
| **`i18n`** | The [i18n](../configuration/i18n) object. |
| **`payload`** | The [Payload](../local-api/overview) class. |
| **`permissions`** | The field permissions based on the currently authenticated user. |
| **`siblingData`** | The data of the field's siblings. |
| **`user`** | The currently authenticated user. [More details](../authentication/overview). |
| **`value`** | The value of the field at render-time. |
##### Sending and receiving values from the form
When swapping out the `Field` component, you are responsible for sending and receiving the field's `value` from the form itself.
To do so, import the [`useField`](../admin/hooks#usefield) hook from `@payloadcms/ui` and use it to manage the field's value:
```tsx
'use client'
import { useField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
export const CustomTextField: React.FC = () => {
const { value, setValue } = useField() // highlight-line
return (
<input
onChange={(e) => setValue(e.target.value)}
value={value}
/>
)
}
```
<Banner type="success">
For a complete list of all available React hooks, see the [Payload React Hooks](../admin/hooks) documentation. For additional help, see [Building Custom Components](../admin/components#building-custom-components).
</Banner>
##### TypeScript#field-component-types
When building Custom Field Components, you can import the client field props to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Field Component, one for every Field Type and server/client environment. The convention is to prepend the field type onto the target type, i.e. `TextFieldClientComponent`:
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldClientComponent,
TextFieldServerComponent,
TextFieldClientProps,
TextFieldServerProps,
// ...and so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
See each individual Field Type for exact type imports.
#### Cell
The Cell Component is rendered in the table of the List View. It represents the value of the field when displayed in a table cell.
To swap in your own Cell Component, use the `admin.components.Cell` property in your Field Config:
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
export const myField: Field = {
name: 'myField',
type: 'text',
admin: {
components: {
Cell: '/path/to/MyCustomCellComponent', // highlight-line
},
},
}
```
All Cell Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field), plus the following:
| Property | Description |
| --- | --- |
| **`link`** | A boolean representing whether this cell should be wrapped in a link. |
| **`onClick`** | A function that is called when the cell is clicked. |
For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](../admin/components#building-custom-components).
#### Filter
The Filter Component is the actual input element rendered within the "Filter By" dropdown of the List View used to represent this field when building filters.
To swap in your own Filter Component, use the `admin.components.Filter` property in your Field Config:
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
export const myField: Field = {
name: 'myField',
type: 'text',
admin: {
components: {
Filter: '/path/to/MyCustomFilterComponent', // highlight-line
},
},
}
```
All Custom Filter Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field).
For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](../admin/components#building-custom-components).
#### Label
The Label Component is rendered anywhere a field needs to be represented by a label. This is typically used in the Edit View, but can also be used in the List View and elsewhere.
To swap in your own Label Component, use the `admin.components.Label` property in your Field Config:
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
export const myField: Field = {
name: 'myField',
type: 'text',
admin: {
components: {
Label: '/path/to/MyCustomLabelComponent', // highlight-line
},
},
}
```
All Custom Label Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field).
For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](../admin/components#building-custom-components).
##### TypeScript#label-component-types
When building Custom Label Components, you can import the component types to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Label Component, one for every Field Type and server/client environment. The convention is to append `LabelServerComponent` or `LabelClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldLabelClientComponent`.
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldLabelServerComponent,
TextFieldLabelClientComponent,
// ...and so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
#### Description
Alternatively to the [Description Property](#field-descriptions), you can also use a [Custom Component](../admin/components) as the Field Description. This can be useful when you need to provide more complex feedback to the user, such as rendering dynamic field values or other interactive elements.
To add a Description Component to a field, use the `admin.components.Description` property in your Field Config:
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyCollectionConfig: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
// ...
fields: [
// ...
{
name: 'myField',
type: 'text',
admin: {
components: {
Description: '/path/to/MyCustomDescriptionComponent', // highlight-line
}
}
}
]
}
```
All Custom Description Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field).
For details on how to build a Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](../admin/components#building-custom-components).
##### TypeScript#description-component-types
When building Custom Description Components, you can import the component props to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Description Component, one for every Field Type and server/client environment. The convention is to append `DescriptionServerComponent` or `DescriptionClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldDescriptionClientComponent`.
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldDescriptionServerComponent,
TextFieldDescriptionClientComponent,
// And so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
#### Error
The Error Component is rendered when a field fails validation. It is typically displayed beneath the field input in a visually-compelling style.
To swap in your own Error Component, use the `admin.components.Error` property in your Field Config:
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
export const myField: Field = {
name: 'myField',
type: 'text',
admin: {
components: {
Error: '/path/to/MyCustomErrorComponent', // highlight-line
},
},
}
```
All Error Components receive the [Default Field Component Props](#field).
For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](../admin/components#building-custom-components).
##### TypeScript#error-component-types
When building Custom Error Components, you can import the component types to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Error Component, one for every Field Type and server/client environment. The convention is to append `ErrorServerComponent` or `ErrorClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldErrorClientComponent`.
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldErrorServerComponent,
TextFieldErrorClientComponent,
// And so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
#### Diff
The Diff Component is rendered in the Version Diff view. It will only be visible in entities with versioning enabled,
To swap in your own Diff Component, use the `admin.components.Diff` property in your Field Config:
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
export const myField: Field = {
name: 'myField',
type: 'text',
admin: {
components: {
Diff: '/path/to/MyCustomDiffComponent', // highlight-line
},
},
}
```
All Error Components receive the [Default Field Component Props](#field).
For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](../admin/components#building-custom-components).
##### TypeScript#diff-component-types
When building Custom Diff Components, you can import the component types to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Diff Component, one for every Field Type and server/client environment. The convention is to append `DiffServerComponent` or `DiffClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldDiffClientComponent`.
```tsx
import type {
TextFieldDiffServerComponent,
TextFieldDiffClientComponent,
// And so on for each Field Type
} from 'payload'
```
#### afterInput and beforeInput
With these properties you can add multiple components *before* and *after* the input element, as their name suggests. This is useful when you need to render additional elements alongside the field without replacing the entire field component.
To add components before and after the input element, use the `admin.components.beforeInput` and `admin.components.afterInput` properties in your Field Config:
```ts
import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const MyCollectionConfig: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
// ...
fields: [
// ...
{
name: 'myField',
type: 'text',
admin: {
components: {
// highlight-start
beforeInput: ['/path/to/MyCustomComponent'],
afterInput: ['/path/to/MyOtherCustomComponent'],
// highlight-end
}
}
}
]
}
```
All `afterInput` and `beforeInput` Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field).
For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](../admin/components#building-custom-components).
## TypeScript
You can import the Payload `Field` type as well as other common types from the `payload` package. [More details](../typescript/overview).
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
```
```

View File

@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ export const MyPointField: Field = {
| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values) |
| **`localized`** | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config. |
| **`required`** | Require this field to have a value. |
| **`admin`** | Admin-specific configuration. [More details](../admin/fields#admin-options). |
| **`admin`** | Admin-specific configuration. [More details](./overview#admin-options). |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
@@ -129,3 +129,84 @@ payload.find({
},
})
```
## Custom Components
### Field
#### Server Component
```tsx
import type React from 'react'
import { PointField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { PointFieldServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomPointFieldServer: PointFieldServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
schemaPath,
permissions,
}) => {
return (
<PointField field={clientField} path={path} schemaPath={schemaPath} permissions={permissions} />
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { PointField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { PointFieldClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomPointFieldClient: PointFieldClientComponent = (props) => {
return <PointField {...props} />
}
```
### Label
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { PointFieldLabelServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomPointFieldLabelServer: PointFieldLabelServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={clientField?.label || clientField?.name}
path={path}
required={clientField?.required}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { PointFieldLabelClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomPointFieldLabelClient: PointFieldLabelClientComponent = ({
field,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={field?.label || field?.name}
path={path}
required={field?.required}
/>
)
}
```

View File

@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ export const MyRadioField: Field = {
}
```
The Radio Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Radio Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
| Property | Description |
| ------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
@@ -117,3 +117,90 @@ export const ExampleCollection: CollectionConfig = {
],
}
```
## Custom Components
### Field
#### Server Component
```tsx
import type React from 'react'
import { RadioGroupField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { RadioFieldServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomRadioFieldServer: RadioFieldServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
schemaPath,
permissions,
}) => {
return (
<RadioGroupField
field={clientField}
path={path}
schemaPath={schemaPath}
permissions={permissions}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { RadioGroupField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { RadioFieldClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomRadioFieldClient: RadioFieldClientComponent = (props) => {
return <RadioGroupField {...props} />
}
```
### Label
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { RadioFieldLabelServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomRadioFieldLabelServer: RadioFieldLabelServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
required,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={clientField?.label || clientField?.name}
path={path}
required={clientField?.required}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { RadioFieldLabelClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomRadioFieldLabelClient: RadioFieldLabelClientComponent = ({
field,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={field?.label || field?.name}
path={path}
required={field?.required}
/>
)
}
```

View File

@@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ export const MyRelationshipField: Field = {
| Option | Description |
| ---------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`relationTo`** * | Provide one or many collection `slug`s to be able to assign relationships to. |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`relationTo`** * | Provide one or many collection `slug`s to be able to assign relationships to. |
| **`filterOptions`** | A query to filter which options appear in the UI and validate against. [More](#filtering-relationship-options). |
| **`hasMany`** | Boolean when, if set to `true`, allows this field to have many relations instead of only one. |
| **`minRows`** | A number for the fewest allowed items during validation when a value is present. Used with `hasMany`. |
| **`maxRows`** | A number for the most allowed items during validation when a value is present. Used with `hasMany`. |
| **`maxDepth`** | Sets a maximum population depth for this field, regardless of the remaining depth when this field is reached. [Max Depth](/docs/getting-started/concepts#field-level-max-depth) |
| **`maxDepth`** | Sets a maximum population depth for this field, regardless of the remaining depth when this field is reached. [Max Depth](/docs/queries/depth#max-depth) |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`unique`** | Enforce that each entry in the Collection has a unique value for this field. |
| **`validate`** | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin Panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation) |
@@ -85,14 +85,14 @@ export const MyRelationshipField: Field = {
}
```
The Relationship Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Relationship Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
| Property | Description |
| ------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Property | Description |
| ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`isSortable`** | Set to `true` if you'd like this field to be sortable within the Admin UI using drag and drop (only works when `hasMany` is set to `true`). |
| **`allowCreate`** | Set to `false` if you'd like to disable the ability to create new documents from within the relationship field. |
| **`allowEdit`** | Set to `false` if you'd like to disable the ability to edit documents from within the relationship field. |
| **`sortOptions`** | Define a default sorting order for the options within a Relationship field's dropdown. [More](#sortOptions) |
| **`allowEdit`** | Set to `false` if you'd like to disable the ability to edit documents from within the relationship field. |
| **`sortOptions`** | Define a default sorting order for the options within a Relationship field's dropdown. [More](#sort-options) |
### Sort Options
@@ -120,15 +120,9 @@ Example:
```ts
sortOptions: {
"pages"
:
"fieldName1",
"posts"
:
"-fieldName2",
"categories"
:
"fieldName3"
"pages": "fieldName1",
"posts": "-fieldName2",
"categories": "fieldName3"
}
```
@@ -194,9 +188,9 @@ You can learn more about writing queries [here](/docs/queries/overview).
<Banner type="warning">
**Note:**
When a relationship field has both **filterOptions** and a custom{' '}
**validate** function, the api will not validate **filterOptions**{' '}
unless you call the default relationship field validation function imported from{' '}
When a relationship field has both **filterOptions** and a custom
**validate** function, the api will not validate **filterOptions**
unless you call the default relationship field validation function imported from
**payload/shared** in your validate function.
</Banner>
@@ -220,9 +214,7 @@ of collection.
```ts
{
slug: 'example-collection',
fields
:
[
fields: [
{
name: 'owner', // required
type: 'relationship', // required
@@ -254,9 +246,7 @@ tells Payload which Collections are valid to reference.
```ts
{
slug: 'example-collection',
fields
:
[
fields: [
{
name: 'owner', // required
type: 'relationship', // required
@@ -295,9 +285,7 @@ The `hasMany` tells Payload that there may be more than one collection saved to
```ts
{
slug: 'example-collection',
fields
:
[
fields: [
{
name: 'owners', // required
type: 'relationship', // required
@@ -325,9 +313,7 @@ When querying documents, the format does not change for arrays:
```ts
{
slug: 'example-collection',
fields
:
[
fields: [
{
name: 'owners', // required
type: 'relationship', // required
@@ -387,3 +373,89 @@ Since we are referencing multiple collections, the field you are querying on may
You **cannot** query on a field within a polymorphic relationship as you would with a
non-polymorphic relationship.
</Banner>
## Custom Components
### Field
#### Server Component
```tsx
import type React from 'react'
import { RelationshipField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { RelationshipFieldServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomRelationshipFieldServer: RelationshipFieldServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
schemaPath,
permissions,
}) => {
return (
<RelationshipField
field={clientField}
path={path}
schemaPath={schemaPath}
permissions={permissions}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { RelationshipField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { RelationshipFieldClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomRelationshipFieldClient: RelationshipFieldClientComponent = (props) => {
return <RelationshipField {...props} />
}
```
### Label
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { RelationshipFieldLabelServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomRelationshipFieldLabelServer: RelationshipFieldLabelServerComponent = (
clientField,
path
) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={clientField?.label || clientField?.name}
path={path}
required={clientField?.required}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { RelationshipFieldLabelClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomRelationshipFieldLabelClient: RelationshipFieldLabelClientComponent = ({
field,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={field?.label || field?.name}
path={path}
required={field?.required}
/>
)
}
```

View File

@@ -1,51 +1,44 @@
---
title: Rich Text Field
description: The Rich Text field allows dynamic content to be written through the Admin Panel. Learn how to use Rich Text fields, see examples and options.
keywords: rich text, fields, config, configuration, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
label: Rich Text
order: 140
desc: The Rich Text field allows dynamic content to be written through the Admin Panel. Learn how to use Rich Text fields, see examples and options.
keywords: rich text, fields, config, configuration, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
title: Rich Text Field
---
The Rich Text Field lets editors write and format dynamic content in a familiar interface.
The content is saved as JSON in the database and can be converted to HTML or any other format needed.
The Rich Text Field lets editors write and format dynamic content in a familiar interface. The content is saved as JSON in the database and can be converted to HTML or any other format needed.
Consistent with Payload's goal of making you learn as little of Payload as possible, customizing
and using the Rich Text Editor does not involve learning how to develop for a Payload rich text editor.
Instead, you can invest your time and effort into learning the underlying open-source tools that will allow
you to apply your learnings elsewhere as well.
Consistent with Payload's goal of making you learn as little of Payload as possible, customizing and using the Rich Text Editor does not involve learning how to develop for a Payload rich text editor.
<LightDarkImage
srcLight="https://payloadcms.com/images/docs/fields/richtext.png"
srcDark="https://payloadcms.com/images/docs/fields/richtext-dark.png"
alt="Shows a Rich Text field in the Payload Admin Panel"
caption="Admin Panel screenshot of a Rich Text field"
/>
Instead, you can invest your time and effort into learning the underlying open-source tools that will allow you to apply your learnings elsewhere as well.
<LightDarkImage alt="Shows a Rich Text field in the Payload Admin Panel" caption="Admin Panel screenshot of a Rich Text field" srcDark="https://payloadcms.com/images/docs/fields/richtext-dark.png" srcLight="https://payloadcms.com/images/docs/fields/richtext.png"/>
## Config Options
| Option | Description |
| ---------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](/docs/fields/overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`validate`** | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin Panel and the backend. [More](/docs/fields/overview#validation) |
| **`saveToJWT`** | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](/docs/authentication/overview), include its data in the user JWT. |
| **`hooks`** | Provide Field Hooks to control logic for this field. [More details](../hooks/fields). |
| **`access`** | Provide Field Access Control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More details](../access-control/fields). |
| **`hidden`** | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin Panel. |
| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](/docs/fields/overview#default-values) |
| **`localized`** | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config. |
| **`required`** | Require this field to have a value. |
| **`admin`** | Admin-specific configuration. [More details](#admin-options). |
| **`editor`** | Customize or override the rich text editor. [More details](/docs/rich-text/overview). |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
| Option | Description |
| --- | --- |
| **`name`** * | To be used as the property name when stored and retrieved from the database. [More](./overview#field-names) |
| **`label`** | Text used as a field label in the Admin Panel or an object with keys for each language. |
| **`validate`** | Provide a custom validation function that will be executed on both the Admin Panel and the backend. [More](./overview#validation) |
| **`saveToJWT`** | If this field is top-level and nested in a config supporting [Authentication](../authentication/overview), include its data in the user JWT. |
| **`hooks`** | Provide Field Hooks to control logic for this field. [More details](../hooks/fields). |
| **`access`** | Provide Field Access Control to denote what users can see and do with this field's data. [More details](../access-control/fields). |
| **`hidden`** | Restrict this field's visibility from all APIs entirely. Will still be saved to the database, but will not appear in any API or the Admin Panel. |
| **`defaultValue`** | Provide data to be used for this field's default value. [More](./overview#default-values) |
| **`localized`** | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](../configuration/localization) in the Base config. |
| **`required`** | Require this field to have a value. |
| **`admin`** | Admin-specific configuration. [More details](#admin-options). |
| **`editor`** | Customize or override the rich text editor. [More details](../rich-text/overview). |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
** An asterisk denotes that a property is required.*
## Admin Options
The customize the appearance and behavior of the Rich Text Field in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), you can use the `admin` option. The Rich Text Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options)
To customize the appearance and behavior of the Rich Text Field in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview), you can use the `admin` option. The Rich Text Field inherits all the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options).
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'
@@ -63,4 +56,4 @@ Further customization can be done with editor-specific options.
## Editor-specific Options
For a ton more editor-specific options, including how to build custom rich text elements directly into your editor,
take a look at the [rich text editor documentation](/docs/rich-text/overview).
take a look at the [rich text editor documentation](../rich-text/overview).

View File

@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ export const MyRowField: Field = {
| Option | Description |
| --------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`fields`** * | Array of field types to nest within this Row. |
| **`admin`** | Admin-specific configuration excluding `description`, `readOnly`, and `hidden`. [More details](../admin/fields#admin-options). |
| **`admin`** | Admin-specific configuration excluding `description`, `readOnly`, and `hidden`. [More details](./overview#admin-options). |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._

View File

@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ export const MySelectField: Field = {
}
```
The Select Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Select Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
| Property | Description |
| ------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
@@ -125,83 +125,90 @@ export const ExampleCollection: CollectionConfig = {
}
```
## Customization
## Custom Components
The Select field UI component can be customized by providing a custom React component to the `components` object in the Base config.
### Field
```ts
export const CustomSelectField: Field = {
name: 'customSelectField',
type: 'select', // or 'text' if you have dynamic options
admin: {
components: {
Field: CustomSelectComponent({
options: [
{
label: 'Option 1',
value: '1',
},
{
label: 'Option 2',
value: '2',
},
],
}),
},
},
}
```
#### Server Component
You can import the existing Select component directly from Payload, then extend and customize it as needed.
```tsx
import type { SelectFieldServerComponent } from 'payload'
import type React from 'react'
```ts
import * as React from 'react';
import { SelectInput, useAuth, useField } from '@payloadcms/ui';
type CustomSelectProps = {
path: string;
options: {
label: string;
value: string;
}[];
}
export const CustomSelectComponent: React.FC<CustomSelectProps> = ({ path, options }) => {
const { value, setValue } = useField<string>({ path })
const { user } = useAuth()
const adjustedOptions = options.filter((option) => {
/*
A common use case for a custom select
is to show different options based on
the current user's role.
*/
return option;
});
import { SelectField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
export const CustomSelectFieldServer: SelectFieldServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
schemaPath,
permissions,
}) => {
return (
<div>
<label className="field-label">
Custom Select
</label>
<SelectInput
path={path}
name={path}
options={adjustedOptions}
value={value}
onChange={(e) => setValue(e.value)}
/>
</div>
<SelectField
field={clientField}
path={path}
schemaPath={schemaPath}
permissions={permissions}
/>
)
}
```
If you are looking to create a dynamic select field, the following tutorial will walk you through the process of creating a custom select field that fetches its options from an external API.
#### Client Component
<VideoDrawer
id="Efn9OxSjA6Y"
label="How to Create a Custom Select Field"
drawerTitle="How to Create a Custom Select Field: A Step-by-Step Guide"
/>
```tsx
'use client'
import type { SelectFieldClientComponent } from 'payload'
If you want to learn more about custom components check out the [Admin > Custom Component](/docs/admin/components#field) docs.
import { SelectField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import React from 'react'
export const CustomSelectFieldClient: SelectFieldClientComponent = (props) => {
return <SelectField {...props} />
}
```
### Label
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { SelectFieldLabelServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomSelectFieldLabelServer: SelectFieldLabelServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={clientField?.label || clientField?.name}
path={path}
required={clientField?.required}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { SelectFieldLabelClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomSelectFieldLabelClient: SelectFieldLabelClientComponent = ({
field,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={field?.label || field?.name}
path={path}
required={field?.required}
/>
)
}
```

View File

@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ export const MyTabsField: Field = {
| Option | Description |
| ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| **`tabs`** * | Array of tabs to render within this Tabs field. |
| **`admin`** | Admin-specific configuration. [More details](../admin/fields#admin-options). |
| **`admin`** | Admin-specific configuration. [More details](./overview#admin-options). |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
### Tab-specific Config

View File

@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ export const MyTextField: Field = {
}
```
The Text Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Text Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
| Option | Description |
| -------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
@@ -95,3 +95,85 @@ export const ExampleCollection: CollectionConfig = {
],
}
```
## Custom Components
### Field
#### Server Component
```tsx
import type React from 'react'
import { TextField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { TextFieldServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomTextFieldServer: TextFieldServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
schemaPath,
permissions,
}) => {
return (
<TextField field={clientField} path={path} schemaPath={schemaPath} permissions={permissions} />
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { TextField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { TextFieldClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomTextFieldClient: TextFieldClientComponent = (props) => {
return <TextField {...props} />
}
```
### Label
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { TextFieldLabelServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomTextFieldLabelServer: TextFieldLabelServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
required,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={clientField?.label || clientField?.name}
path={path}
required={clientField?.required}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { TextFieldLabelClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomTextFieldLabelClient: TextFieldLabelClientComponent = ({
field,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={field?.label || field?.name}
path={path}
required={field?.required}
/>
)
}
```

View File

@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ export const MyTextareaField: Field = {
}
```
The Textarea Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](../admin/fields#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
The Textarea Field inherits all of the default options from the base [Field Admin Config](./overview#admin-options), plus the following additional options:
| Option | Description |
| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
@@ -93,3 +93,89 @@ export const ExampleCollection: CollectionConfig = {
],
}
```
## Custom Components
### Field
#### Server Component
```tsx
import type React from 'react'
import { TextareaField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { TextareaFieldServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomTextareaFieldServer: TextareaFieldServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
schemaPath,
permissions,
}) => {
return (
<TextareaField
field={clientField}
path={path}
schemaPath={schemaPath}
permissions={permissions}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { TextareaField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { TextareaFieldClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomTextareaFieldClient: TextareaFieldClientComponent = (props) => {
return <TextareaField {...props} />
}
```
### Label
#### Server Component
```tsx
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { TextareaFieldLabelServerComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomTextareaFieldLabelServer: TextareaFieldLabelServerComponent = ({
clientField,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={clientField?.label || clientField?.name}
path={path}
required={clientField?.required}
/>
)
}
```
#### Client Component
```tsx
'use client'
import React from 'react'
import { FieldLabel } from '@payloadcms/ui'
import type { TextareaFieldLabelClientComponent } from 'payload'
export const CustomTextareaFieldLabelClient: TextareaFieldLabelClientComponent = ({
field,
path,
}) => {
return (
<FieldLabel
label={field?.label || field?.name}
path={path}
required={field?.required}
/>
)
}
```

View File

@@ -30,10 +30,10 @@ export const MyUIField: Field = {
| Option | Description |
| ------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`name`** * | A unique identifier for this field. |
| **`name`** * | A unique identifier for this field. |
| **`label`** | Human-readable label for this UI field. |
| **`admin.components.Field`** * | React component to be rendered for this field within the Edit View. [More](../admin/components/#field) |
| **`admin.components.Cell`** | React component to be rendered as a Cell within collection List views. [More](../admin/components/#field) |
| **`admin.components.Field`** * | React component to be rendered for this field within the Edit View. [More](./overview#field) |
| **`admin.components.Cell`** | React component to be rendered as a Cell within collection List views. [More](./overview#cell) |
| **`admin.disableListColumn`** | Set `disableListColumn` to `true` to prevent the UI field from appearing in the list view column selector. |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |

View File

@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ export const MyUploadField: Field = {
| **`displayPreview`** | Enable displaying preview of the uploaded file. Overrides related Collection's `displayPreview` option. [More](/docs/upload/overview#collection-upload-options). |
| **`localized`** | Enable localization for this field. Requires [localization to be enabled](/docs/configuration/localization) in the Base config. |
| **`required`** | Require this field to have a value. |
| **`admin`** | Admin-specific configuration. [Admin Options](../admin/fields#admin-options). |
| **`admin`** | Admin-specific configuration. [Admin Options](./overview#admin-options). |
| **`custom`** | Extension point for adding custom data (e.g. for plugins) |
| **`typescriptSchema`** | Override field type generation with providing a JSON schema |
| **`virtual`** | Provide `true` to disable field in the database. See [Virtual Fields](https://payloadcms.com/blog/learn-how-virtual-fields-can-help-solve-common-cms-challenges) |
@@ -128,9 +128,9 @@ You can learn more about writing queries [here](/docs/queries/overview).
<Banner type="warning">
**Note:**
When an upload field has both **filterOptions** and a custom{' '}
**validate** function, the api will not validate **filterOptions**{' '}
unless you call the default upload field validation function imported from{' '}
When an upload field has both **filterOptions** and a custom
**validate** function, the api will not validate **filterOptions**
unless you call the default upload field validation function imported from
**payload/shared** in your validate function.
</Banner>

View File

@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Everything Payload does (create, read, update, delete, login, logout, etc.) is e
- [Local API](#local-api) - Extremely fast, direct-to-database access
- [REST API](#rest-api) - Standard HTTP endpoints for querying and mutating data
- [GraphQL](#graphql) - A full GraphQL API with a GraphQL Playground
- [GraphQL](#graphql-api) - A full GraphQL API with a GraphQL Playground
<Banner type="success">
**Note:**
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ All of Payload's GraphQL functionality is abstracted into a separate package. Pa
This is the UI library that Payload's Admin Panel uses. All components are exported from this package and can be re-used as you build extensions to the Payload admin UI, or want to use Payload components in your own React apps. Some exports are server components and some are client components.
`@payloadcms/db-postgres`, `@payloadcms/db-vercel-postgres`, `@payloadcms/db-mongodb`
`@payloadcms/db-postgres`, `@payloadcms/db-vercel-postgres`, `@payloadcms/db-mongodb`, `@payloadcms/db-sqlite`
You can choose which Database Adapter you'd like to use for your project, and no matter which you choose, the entire data layer for Payload is contained within these packages. You can only use one at a time for any given project.

View File

@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Payload is a great choice for applications of all sizes and types, but it might
### When Payload might not be for you
- If you can manage your project fully with code, and don't need an admin UI
- If you are building a website that fits within the limits a tool like Webflow or Framer
- If you are building a website that fits within the limits of a tool like Webflow or Framer
- If you already have a full database and just need to visualize the data somehow
- If you are confident that you won't need code / data ownership at any point in the future

View File

@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ export const PublicUser: CollectionConfig = {
**Payload will automatically open up the following queries:**
| Query Name | Operation |
| ------------------ | ------------------- |
| Query Name | Operation |
| ------------------- | ------------------- |
| `PublicUser` | `findByID` |
| `PublicUsers` | `find` |
| `countPublicUsers` | `count` |
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ const Header: GlobalConfig = {
## Preferences
User [preferences](/docs/admin/overview#preferences) for the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) are also available to GraphQL the same way as other collection schemas are generated. To query preferences you must supply an authorization token in the header and only the preferences of that user will be accessible.
User [preferences](../admin/preferences) for the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) are also available to GraphQL the same way as other collection schemas are generated. To query preferences you must supply an authorization token in the header and only the preferences of that user will be accessible.
**Payload will open the following query:**

View File

@@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ The following arguments are provided to the `beforeOperation` hook:
### beforeValidate
Runs before the `create` and `update` operations. This hook allows you to add or format data before the incoming data is validated server-side.
Runs during the `create` and `update` operations. This hook allows you to add or format data before the incoming data is validated server-side.
Please do note that this does not run before the client-side validation. If you added a `validate` function, this would be the lifecycle:
Please do note that this does not run before client-side validation. If you render a custom field component in your front-end and provide it with a `validate` function, the order that validations will run in is:
1. `validate` runs on the client
2. if successful, `beforeValidate` runs on the server

View File

@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ All Field Hooks accept an array of synchronous or asynchronous functions. These
<Banner type="warning">
**Important:**
Due to GraphQL's typed nature, changing the type of data that you return from a field will produce errors in the [GraphQL API](../graphql/overview). If you need to change the shape or type of data, consider [Collection Hooks](./collections) or [Global Hooks](./hooks) instead.
Due to GraphQL's typed nature, changing the type of data that you return from a field will produce errors in the [GraphQL API](../graphql/overview). If you need to change the shape or type of data, consider [Collection Hooks](./collections) or [Global Hooks](./globals) instead.
</Banner>
To add hooks to a Field, use the `hooks` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
@@ -80,7 +80,13 @@ The following arguments are provided to all Field Hooks:
### beforeValidate
Runs before the `update` operation. This hook allows you to pre-process or format field data before it undergoes validation.
Runs during the `create` and `update` operations. This hook allows you to add or format data before the incoming data is validated server-side.
Please do note that this does not run before client-side validation. If you render a custom field component in your front-end and provide it with a `validate` function, the order that validations will run in is:
1. `validate` runs on the client
2. if successful, `beforeValidate` runs on the server
3. `validate` runs on the server
```ts
import type { Field } from 'payload'

View File

@@ -49,7 +49,13 @@ const GlobalWithHooks: GlobalConfig = {
### beforeValidate
Runs before the `update` operation. This hook allows you to add or format data before the incoming data is validated.
Runs during the `update` operation. This hook allows you to add or format data before the incoming data is validated server-side.
Please do note that this does not run before client-side validation. If you render a custom field component in your front-end and provide it with a `validate` function, the order that validations will run in is:
1. `validate` runs on the client
2. if successful, `beforeValidate` runs on the server
3. `validate` runs on the server
```ts
import type { GlobalBeforeValidateHook } from 'payload'

View File

@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ There are four main types of Hooks in Payload:
Root Hooks are not associated with any specific Collection, Global, or Field. They are useful for globally-oriented side effects, such as when an error occurs at the application level.
To add Root Hooks, use the `hooks` property in your [Payload Config](/docs/configuration/config):
To add Root Hooks, use the `hooks` property in your [Payload Config](/docs/configuration/overview):
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'

View File

@@ -25,7 +25,33 @@ Then, you could configure two different runner strategies:
## Executing jobs
As mentioned above, you can queue jobs, but the jobs won't run unless a worker picks up your jobs and runs them. This can be done in two ways:
As mentioned above, you can queue jobs, but the jobs won't run unless a worker picks up your jobs and runs them. This can be done in four ways:
#### Cron jobs
You can use the jobs.autoRun property to configure cron jobs:
```ts
export default buildConfig({
// Other configurations...
jobs: {
tasks: [
// your tasks here
],
// autoRun can optionally be a function that receives payload as an argument
autoRun: [
{
cron: '0 * * * *', // every hour at minute 0
limit: 100, // limit jobs to process each run
queue: 'hourly', // name of the queue
},
// add as many cron jobs as you want
],
},
})
```
<Banner type="warning">autoRun is intended for use with a dedicated server that is always running, and should not be used on serverless platforms like Vercel.</Banner>
#### Endpoint

View File

@@ -203,3 +203,49 @@ export default buildConfig({
}
})
```
## Nested tasks
You can run sub-tasks within an existing task, by using the `tasks` or `ìnlineTask` arguments passed to the task `handler` function:
```ts
export default buildConfig({
// ...
jobs: {
// It is recommended to set `addParentToTaskLog` to `true` when using nested tasks, so that the parent task is included in the task log
// This allows for better observability and debugging of the task execution
addParentToTaskLog: true,
tasks: [
{
slug: 'parentTask',
inputSchema: [
{
name: 'text',
type: 'text'
},
],
handler: async ({ input, req, tasks, inlineTask }) => {
await inlineTask('Sub Task 1', {
task: () => {
// Do something
return {
output: {},
}
},
})
await tasks.CreateSimple('Sub Task 2', {
input: { message: 'hello' },
})
return {
output: {},
}
}
} as TaskConfig<'parentTask'>,
]
}
})
```

View File

@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ export const useLivePreview = <T extends any>(props: {
## Example
For a working demonstration of this, check out the official [Live Preview Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/live-preview/payload). There you will find examples of various front-end frameworks and how to integrate each one of them, including:
For a working demonstration of this, check out the official [Live Preview Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/live-preview). There you will find examples of various front-end frameworks and how to integrate each one of them, including:
- [Next.js App Router](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/live-preview/next-app)
- [Next.js Pages Router](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/live-preview/next-pages)

View File

@@ -28,16 +28,15 @@ const config = buildConfig({
}
})
```
<Banner type="warning">
**Reminder:**
Alternatively, you can define the `admin.livePreview` property on individual [Collection Admin Configs](../admin/collections) and [Global Admin Configs](../admin/globals). Settings defined here will be merged into the top-level as overrides.
Alternatively, you can define the `admin.livePreview` property on individual [Collection Admin Configs](../configuration/collections#admin-options) and [Global Admin Configs](../configuration/globals#admin-options). Settings defined here will be merged into the top-level as overrides.
</Banner>
{/* IMAGE OF LIVE PREVIEW HERE */}
## Options
Setting up Live Preview is easy. This can be done either globally through the [Root Admin Config](../admin/overview), or on individual [Collection Admin Configs](../admin/collections) and [Global Admin Configs](../admin/globals). Once configured, a new "Live Preview" tab will appear at the top of enabled Documents. Navigating to this tab opens the preview window and loads your front-end application.
Setting up Live Preview is easy. This can be done either globally through the [Root Admin Config](../admin/overview), or on individual [Collection Admin Configs](../configuration/collections#admin-options) and [Global Admin Configs](../configuration/globals#admin-options). Once configured, a new "Live Preview" tab will appear at the top of enabled Documents. Navigating to this tab opens the preview window and loads your front-end application.
The following options are available:
@@ -106,8 +105,8 @@ The following arguments are provided to the `url` function:
| ------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`data`** | The data of the Document being edited. This includes changes that have not yet been saved. |
| **`locale`** | The locale currently being edited (if applicable). [More details](../configuration/localization). |
| **`collectionConfig`** | The Collection Admin Config of the Document being edited. [More details](../admin/collections). |
| **`globalConfig`** | The Global Admin Config of the Document being edited. [More details](../admin/globals). |
| **`collectionConfig`** | The Collection Admin Config of the Document being edited. [More details](../configuration/collections#admin-options). |
| **`globalConfig`** | The Global Admin Config of the Document being edited. [More details](../configuration/globals#admin-options). |
| **`req`** | The Payload Request object. |
If your application requires a fully qualified URL, such as within deploying to Vercel Preview Deployments, you can use the `req` property to build this URL:
@@ -157,8 +156,6 @@ The following options are available for each breakpoint:
_* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
{/* IMAGE OF TOOLBAR HERE */}
The "Responsive" option is always available in the drop-down and requires no additional configuration. This is the default breakpoint that will be used on initial load. This option styles the iframe with a width and height of `100%` so that it fills the screen at its maximum size and automatically resizes as the window changes size.
You may also explicitly resize the Live Preview by using the corresponding inputs in the toolbar. This will temporarily override the breakpoint selection to "Custom" until a predefined breakpoint is selected once again.
@@ -167,4 +164,4 @@ If you prefer to freely resize the Live Preview without the use of breakpoints,
## Example
For a working demonstration of this, check out the official [Live Preview Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/live-preview/payload).
For a working demonstration of this, check out the official [Live Preview Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/live-preview).

View File

@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ export const RefreshRouteOnSave: React.FC<{
## Example
For a working demonstration of this, check out the official [Live Preview Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/live-preview/payload). There you will find a fully working example of how to implement Live Preview in your Next.js App Router application.
For a working demonstration of this, check out the official [Live Preview Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/live-preview). There you will find a fully working example of how to implement Live Preview in your Next.js App Router application.
## Troubleshooting

View File

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Payload can be used completely outside of Next.js which is helpful in cases like
<Banner>
**Note:**
<br/>
Payload and all of its official packages are fully ESM. If you want to use Payload within your own projects, make sure you are writing your scripts in ESM format or dynamically importing the Payload Config.
</Banner>

View File

@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Here are some common examples of how you can use the Local API:
- Fetching Payload data within React Server Components
- Seeding data via Node seed scripts that you write and maintain
- Opening custom Next.js route handlers which feature additional functionality but still rely on Payload
- Within [Access Control](../access-control) and [Hooks](../hooks/overview)
- Within [Access Control](../access-control/overview) and [Hooks](../hooks/overview)
## Accessing Payload
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ You can gain access to the currently running `payload` object via two ways:
#### Accessing from args or `req`
In most places within Payload itself, you can access `payload` directly from the arguments of [Hooks](../hooks/overview), [Access Control](../access-control/overview), [Validation](../fields/overview#validations) functions, and similar. This is the simplest way to access Payload in most cases. Most config functions take the `req` (Request) object, which has Payload bound to it (`req.payload`).
In most places within Payload itself, you can access `payload` directly from the arguments of [Hooks](../hooks/overview), [Access Control](../access-control/overview), [Validation](../fields/overview#validation) functions, and similar. This is the simplest way to access Payload in most cases. Most config functions take the `req` (Request) object, which has Payload bound to it (`req.payload`).
Example:

View File

@@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ plugins: [
## `@payloadcms/richtext-lexical`
If you have custom features for `@payloadcms/richtext-lexical` you will need to migrate your code to the new API. Read more about the new API in the [documentation](https://payloadcms.com/docs/lexical/building-custom-features).
If you have custom features for `@payloadcms/richtext-lexical` you will need to migrate your code to the new API. Read more about the new API in the [documentation](https://payloadcms.com/docs/rich-text/building-custom-features).
## Upgrade from previous beta

View File

@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The initialization process goes in the following order:
## Plugin Template
In the [Payload Plugin Template](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload-plugin-template), you will see a common file structure that is used across plugins:
In the [Payload Plugin Template](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates/plugin), you will see a common file structure that is used across plugins:
1. `/` root folder - general configuration
2. `/src` folder - everything related to the plugin

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
---
title: Multi-Tenant Plugin
label: Multi-Tenant
order: 40
desc: Scaffolds multi-tenancy for your Payload application
keywords: plugins, multi-tenant, multi-tenancy, plugin, payload, cms, seo, indexing, search, search engine
---
[![npm](https://img.shields.io/npm/v/@payloadcms/plugin-multi-tenant)](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@payloadcms/plugin-multi-tenant)
This plugin sets up multi-tenancy for your application from within your [Admin Panel](../admin/overview). It does so by adding a `tenant` field to all specified collections. Your front-end application can then query data by tenant. You must add the Tenants collection so you control what fields are available for each tenant.
<Banner type="info">
This plugin is completely open-source and the [source code can be found
here](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/plugin-multi-tenant). If you need
help, check out our [Community Help](https://payloadcms.com/community-help). If you think you've
found a bug, please [open a new
issue](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/new?assignees=&labels=plugin%3A%multi-tenant&template=bug_report.md&title=plugin-multi-tenant%3A)
with as much detail as possible.
</Banner>
## Core features
- Adds a `tenant` field to each specified collection
- Adds a tenant selector to the admin panel, allowing you to switch between tenants
- Filters list view results by selected tenant
## Installation
Install the plugin using any JavaScript package manager like [pnpm](https://pnpm.io), [npm](https://npmjs.com), or [Yarn](https://yarnpkg.com):
```bash
pnpm add @payloadcms/plugin-multi-tenant
```
### Options
The plugin accepts an object with the following properties:
```ts
type MultiTenantPluginConfig<ConfigTypes = unknown> = {
/**
* After a tenant is deleted, the plugin will attempt to clean up related documents
* - removing documents with the tenant ID
* - removing the tenant from users
*
* @default true
*/
cleanupAfterTenantDelete?: boolean
/**
* Automatically
*/
collections: {
[key in CollectionSlug]?: {
/**
* Set to `true` if you want the collection to behave as a global
*
* @default false
*/
isGlobal?: boolean
/**
* Set to `false` if you want to manually apply the baseListFilter
*
* @default true
*/
useBaseListFilter?: boolean
/**
* Set to `false` if you want to handle collection access manually without the multi-tenant constraints applied
*
* @default true
*/
useTenantAccess?: boolean
}
}
/**
* Enables debug mode
* - Makes the tenant field visible in the admin UI within applicable collections
*
* @default false
*/
debug?: boolean
/**
* Enables the multi-tenant plugin
*
* @default true
*/
enabled?: boolean
/**
* Field configuration for the field added to all tenant enabled collections
*/
tenantField?: {
access?: RelationshipField['access']
/**
* The name of the field added to all tenant enabled collections
*
* @default 'tenant'
*/
name?: string
}
/**
* Field configuration for the field added to the users collection
*
* If `includeDefaultField` is `false`, you must include the field on your users collection manually
* This is useful if you want to customize the field or place the field in a specific location
*/
tenantsArrayField?:
| {
/**
* Access configuration for the array field
*/
arrayFieldAccess?: ArrayField['access']
/**
* When `includeDefaultField` is `true`, the field will be added to the users collection automatically
*/
includeDefaultField?: true
/**
* Additional fields to include on the tenants array field
*/
rowFields?: Field[]
/**
* Access configuration for the tenant field
*/
tenantFieldAccess?: RelationshipField['access']
}
| {
arrayFieldAccess?: never
/**
* When `includeDefaultField` is `false`, you must include the field on your users collection manually
*/
includeDefaultField?: false
rowFields?: never
tenantFieldAccess?: never
}
/**
* The slug for the tenant collection
*
* @default 'tenants'
*/
tenantsSlug?: string
/**
* Function that determines if a user has access to _all_ tenants
*
* Useful for super-admin type users
*/
userHasAccessToAllTenants?: (
user: ConfigTypes extends { user } ? ConfigTypes['user'] : User,
) => boolean
}
```
## Basic Usage
In the `plugins` array of your [Payload Config](https://payloadcms.com/docs/configuration/overview), call the plugin with [options](#options):
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
import { multiTenantPlugin } from '@payloadcms/plugin-multi-tenant'
import type { Config } from './payload-types'
const config = buildConfig({
collections: [
{
slug: 'tenants',
admin: {
useAsTitle: 'name'
}
fields: [
// remember, you own these fields
// these are merely suggestions/examples
{
name: 'name',
type: 'text',
required: true,
},
{
name: 'slug',
type: 'text',
required: true,
},
{
name: 'domain',
type: 'text',
required: true,
}
],
},
],
plugins: [
multiTenantPlugin<Config>({
collections: {
pages: {},
navigation: {
isGlobal: true,
}
},
}),
],
})
export default config
```
## Front end usage
The plugin scaffolds out everything you will need to separate data by tenant. You can use the `tenant` field to filter data from enabled collections in your front-end application.
In your frontend you can query and constrain data by tenant with the following:
```tsx
const pagesBySlug = await payload.find({
collection: 'pages',
depth: 1,
draft: false,
limit: 1000,
overrideAccess: false,
where: {
// your constraint would depend on the
// fields you added to the tenants collection
// here we are assuming a slug field exists
// on the tenant collection, like in the example above
'tenant.slug': {
equals: 'gold',
},
},
})
```
### NextJS rewrites
Using NextJS rewrites and this route structure `/[tenantDomain]/[slug]`, we can rewrite routes specifically for domains requested:
```ts
async rewrites() {
return [
{
source: '/((?!admin|api)):path*',
destination: '/:tenantDomain/:path*',
has: [
{
type: 'host',
value: '(?<tenantDomain>.*)',
},
],
},
];
}
```
## Examples
The [Examples Directory](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples) also contains an official [Multi-Tenant](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/multi-tenant) example.

View File

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ desc: Plugins provide a great way to modularize Payload functionalities into eas
keywords: plugins, config, configuration, extensions, custom, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
---
Payload Plugins take full advantage of the modularity of the [Payload Config](../configuration/overview), allowing developers developers to easily inject custom—sometimes complex—functionality into Payload apps from a very small touch-point. This is especially useful is sharing your work across multiple projects or with the greater Payload community.
Payload Plugins take full advantage of the modularity of the [Payload Config](../configuration/overview), allowing developers to easily inject custom—sometimes complex—functionality into Payload apps from a very small touch-point. This is especially useful is sharing your work across multiple projects or with the greater Payload community.
There are many [Official Plugins](#official-plugins) available that solve for some of the most common uses cases, such as the [Form Builder Plugin](./form-builder) or [SEO Plugin](./seo). There are also [Community Plugins](#community-plugins) available, maintained entirely by contributing members. To extend Payload's functionality in some other way, you can easily [build your own plugin](./build-your-own).

View File

@@ -1,26 +1,21 @@
---
title: SEO Plugin
description: Manage SEO metadata from your Payload admin
keywords: plugins, seo, meta, search, engine, ranking, google
label: SEO
order: 30
desc: Manage SEO metadata from your Payload admin
keywords: plugins, seo, meta, search, engine, ranking, google
title: SEO Plugin
---
[![npm](https://img.shields.io/npm/v/@payloadcms/plugin-seo)](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@payloadcms/plugin-seo)
![https://www.npmjs.com/package/@payloadcms/plugin-seo](https://img.shields.io/npm/v/@payloadcms/plugin-seo)
This plugin allows you to easily manage SEO metadata for your application from within your [Admin Panel](../admin/overview). When enabled on your [Collections](../configuration/collections) and [Globals](../configuration/globals), it adds a new `meta` field group containing `title`, `description`, and `image` by default. Your front-end application can then use this data to render meta tags however your application requires. For example, you would inject a `title` tag into the `<head>` of your page using `meta.title` as its content.
As users are editing documents within the Admin Panel, they have the option to "auto-generate" these fields. When clicked, this plugin will execute your own custom functions that re-generate the title, description, and image. This way you can build your own SEO writing assistance directly into your application. For example, you could append your site name onto the page title, or use the document's excerpt field as the description, or even integrate with some third-party API to generate the image using AI.
To help you visualize what your page might look like in a search engine, a preview is rendered on page just beneath the meta fields. This preview is updated in real-time as you edit your metadata. There are also visual indicators to help you write effective meta, such as a character counter for the title and description fields. You can even inject your own custom fields into the `meta` field group as your application requires, like `og:title` or `json-ld`. If you've ever used something like Yoast SEO, this plugin might feel very familiar.
To help you visualize what your page might look like in a search engine, a preview is rendered on the page just beneath the meta fields. This preview is updated in real-time as you edit your metadata. There are also visual indicators to help you write effective meta, such as a character counter for the title and description fields. You can even inject your own custom fields into the `meta` field group as your application requires, like `og:title` or `json-ld`. If you've ever used something like Yoast SEO, this plugin might feel very familiar.
<Banner type="info">
This plugin is completely open-source and the [source code can be found
here](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/plugin-seo). If you need help,
check out our [Community Help](https://payloadcms.com/community-help). If you think you've found a
bug, please [open a new
issue](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/new?assignees=&labels=plugin%3A%20seo&template=bug_report.md&title=plugin-seo%3A)
with as much detail as possible.
This plugin is completely open-source and the [source code can be found here](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/plugin-seo). If you need help, check out our [Community Help](https://payloadcms.com/community-help). If you think you've found a bug, please [open a new issue](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/issues/new?assignees=&labels=plugin%3A%20seo&template=bug_report.md&title=plugin-seo%3A) with as much detail as possible.
</Banner>
## Core features
@@ -42,7 +37,7 @@ Install the plugin using any JavaScript package manager like [pnpm](https://pnpm
## Basic Usage
In the `plugins` array of your [Payload Config](https://payloadcms.com/docs/configuration/overview), call the plugin with [options](#options):
In the `plugins` array of your [Payload Config](../configuration/overview), call the plugin with [options](#options):
```ts
import { buildConfig } from 'payload';
@@ -113,17 +108,15 @@ Set the `uploadsCollection` to your application's upload-enabled collection slug
##### `tabbedUI`
When the `tabbedUI` property is `true`, it appends an `SEO` tab onto your config using Payload's [Tabs Field](https://payloadcms.com/docs/fields/tabs). If your collection is not already tab-enabled, meaning the first field in your config is not of type `tabs`, then one will be created for you called `Content`. Defaults to `false`.
When the `tabbedUI` property is `true`, it appends an `SEO` tab onto your config using Payload's [Tabs Field](../fields/tabs). If your collection is not already tab-enabled, meaning the first field in your config is not of type `tabs`, then one will be created for you called `Content`. Defaults to `false`.
<Banner type="info">
If you wish to continue to use top-level or sidebar fields with `tabbedUI`, you must not let the
default `Content` tab get created for you (see the note above). Instead, you must define the first
field of your config with type `tabs` and place all other fields adjacent to this one.
If you wish to continue to use top-level or sidebar fields with `tabbedUI`, you must not let the default `Content` tab get created for you (see the note above). Instead, you must define the first field of your config with type `tabs` and place all other fields adjacent to this one.
</Banner>
##### `generateTitle`
A function that allows you to return any meta title, including from document's content.
A function that allows you to return any meta title, including from the document's content.
```ts
// payload.config.ts
@@ -137,29 +130,29 @@ A function that allows you to return any meta title, including from document's c
All "generate" functions receive the following arguments:
| Argument | Description |
| Argument | Description |
| --- | --- |
| **`collectionConfig`** | The configuration of the collection. |
| **`collectionSlug`** | The slug of the collection. |
| **`doc`** | The data of the current document. |
| **`docPermissions`** | The permissions of the document. |
| **`globalConfig`** | The configuration of the global. |
| **`globalSlug`** | The slug of the global. |
| **`hasPublishPermission`** | Whether the user has permission to publish the document. |
| **`hasSavePermission`** | Whether the user has permission to save the document. |
| **`id`** | The ID of the document. |
| **`initialData`** | The initial data of the document. |
| **`initialState`** | The initial state of the document. |
| **`locale`** | The locale of the document. |
| **`preferencesKey`** | The preferences key of the document. |
| **`publishedDoc`** | The published document. |
| **`req`** | The Payload request object containing `user`, `payload`, `i18n`, etc. |
| **`title`** | The title of the document. |
| **`versionsCount`** | The number of versions of the document. |
| **`collectionConfig`** | The configuration of the collection. |
| **`collectionSlug`** | The slug of the collection. |
| **`doc`** | The data of the current document. |
| **`docPermissions`** | The permissions of the document. |
| **`globalConfig`** | The configuration of the global. |
| **`globalSlug`** | The slug of the global. |
| **`hasPublishPermission`** | Whether the user has permission to publish the document. |
| **`hasSavePermission`** | Whether the user has permission to save the document. |
| **`id`** | The ID of the document. |
| **`initialData`** | The initial data of the document. |
| **`initialState`** | The initial state of the document. |
| **`locale`** | The locale of the document. |
| **`preferencesKey`** | The preferences key of the document. |
| **`publishedDoc`** | The published document. |
| **`req`** | The Payload request object containing `user`, `payload`, `i18n`, etc. |
| **`title`** | The title of the document. |
| **`versionsCount`** | The number of versions of the document. |
##### `generateDescription`
A function that allows you to return any meta description, including from document's content.
A function that allows you to return any meta description, including from the document's content.
```ts
// payload.config.ts
@@ -175,7 +168,7 @@ For a full list of arguments, see the [`generateTitle`](#generatetitle) function
##### `generateImage`
A function that allows you to return any meta image, including from document's content.
A function that allows you to return any meta image, including from the document's content.
```ts
// payload.config.ts
@@ -225,8 +218,7 @@ Rename the meta group interface name that is generated for TypeScript and GraphQ
There is the option to directly import any of the fields from the plugin so that you can include them anywhere as needed.
<Banner type="info">
You will still need to configure the plugin in the Payload Config in order to configure the generation functions.
Since these fields are imported and used directly, they don't have access to the plugin config so they may need additional arguments to work the same way.
You will still need to configure the plugin in the Payload Config in order to configure the generation functions. Since these fields are imported and used directly, they don't have access to the plugin config so they may need additional arguments to work the same way.
</Banner>
```ts
@@ -269,7 +261,7 @@ OverviewField({
```
<Banner type="info">
Tip: You can override the length rules by changing the minLength and maxLength props on the fields. In the case of the OverviewField you can use `titleOverrides` and `descriptionOverrides` to override the length rules.
Tip: You can override the length rules by changing the minLength and maxLength props on the fields. In the case of the OverviewField you can use `titleOverrides` and `descriptionOverrides` to override the length rules.
</Banner>
## TypeScript
@@ -303,4 +295,4 @@ The [Templates Directory](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templa
## Screenshots
![image](https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/70709113/163850633-f3da5f8e-2527-4688-bc79-17233307a883.png)
![image](https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/70709113/163850633-f3da5f8e-2527-4688-bc79-17233307a883.png)

View File

@@ -39,23 +39,23 @@ _The exact query syntax will depend on the API you are using, but the concepts a
The following operators are available for use in queries:
| Operator | Description |
| -------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| `equals` | The value must be exactly equal. |
| `not_equals` | The query will return all documents where the value is not equal. |
| `greater_than` | For numeric or date-based fields. |
| `greater_than_equal` | For numeric or date-based fields. |
| `less_than` | For numeric or date-based fields. |
| `less_than_equal` | For numeric or date-based fields. |
| `like` | Case-insensitive string must be present. If string of words, all words must be present, in any order. |
| `contains` | Must contain the value entered, case-insensitive. |
| `in` | The value must be found within the provided comma-delimited list of values. |
| `not_in` | The value must NOT be within the provided comma-delimited list of values. |
| `all` | The value must contain all values provided in the comma-delimited list. |
| `exists` | Only return documents where the value either exists (`true`) or does not exist (`false`). |
| `near` | For distance related to a [Point Field](../fields/point) comma separated as `<longitude>, <latitude>, <maxDistance in meters (nullable)>, <minDistance in meters (nullable)>`. |
| `within` | For [Point Fields](../fields/point) to filter documents based on whether points are inside of the given area defined in GeoJSON. [Example](../fields/point#querying-within) |
| `intersects` | For [Point Fields](../fields/point) to filter documents based on whether points intersect with the given area defined in GeoJSON. [Example](../fields/point#querying-intersects) |
| Operator | Description |
| -------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| `equals` | The value must be exactly equal. |
| `not_equals` | The query will return all documents where the value is not equal. |
| `greater_than` | For numeric or date-based fields. |
| `greater_than_equal` | For numeric or date-based fields. |
| `less_than` | For numeric or date-based fields. |
| `less_than_equal` | For numeric or date-based fields. |
| `like` | Case-insensitive string must be present. If string of words, all words must be present, in any order. |
| `contains` | Must contain the value entered, case-insensitive. |
| `in` | The value must be found within the provided comma-delimited list of values. |
| `not_in` | The value must NOT be within the provided comma-delimited list of values. |
| `all` | The value must contain all values provided in the comma-delimited list. Note: currently this operator is supported only with the MongoDB adapter. |
| `exists` | Only return documents where the value either exists (`true`) or does not exist (`false`). |
| `near` | For distance related to a [Point Field](../fields/point) comma separated as `<longitude>, <latitude>, <maxDistance in meters (nullable)>, <minDistance in meters (nullable)>`. |
| `within` | For [Point Fields](../fields/point) to filter documents based on whether points are inside of the given area defined in GeoJSON. [Example](../fields/point#querying-within) |
| `intersects` | For [Point Fields](../fields/point) to filter documents based on whether points intersect with the given area defined in GeoJSON. [Example](../fields/point#querying-intersects) |
<Banner type="success">
**Tip:**

View File

@@ -137,6 +137,11 @@ export const Pages: CollectionConfig<'pages'> = {
}
```
<Banner type="warning">
**Important:**
When using `defaultPopulate` on a collection with [Uploads](/docs/fields/upload) enabled and you want to select the `url` field, it is important to specify `filename: true` as well, otherwise Payload will not be able to construct the correct file URL, instead returning `url: null`.
</Banner>
## populate
Setting `defaultPopulate` will enforce that each time Payload performs a "population" of a related document, only the fields specified will be queried and returned. However, you can override `defaultPopulate` with the `populate` property in the Local and REST API:

View File

@@ -20,6 +20,11 @@ All Payload API routes are mounted and prefixed to your config's `routes.api` UR
- [fallback-locale](/docs/configuration/localization#retrieving-localized-docs) - specifies a fallback locale if no locale value exists
- [select](../queries/select) - specifies which fields to include to the result
- [populate](../queries/select#populate) - specifies which fields to include to the result from populated documents
- [limit](../queries/pagination#pagination-controls) - limits the number of documents returned
- [page](../queries/pagination#pagination-controls) - specifies which page to get documents from when used with a limit
- [sort](../queries/sort#rest-api) - specifies the field(s) to use to sort the returned documents by
- [where](../queries/overview) - specifies advanced filters to use to query documents
- [joins](/docs/fields/join#rest-api) - specifies the custom request for each join field by name of the field
## Collections
@@ -658,7 +663,7 @@ Data is not automatically appended to the request. You can read the body data by
Or you could use our helper function that mutates the request and appends data and file if found.
```ts
import { addDataAndFileToRequest } from '@payloadcms/next/utilities'
import { addDataAndFileToRequest } from 'payload'
// custom endpoint example
{
@@ -684,7 +689,7 @@ import { addDataAndFileToRequest } from '@payloadcms/next/utilities'
The locale and the fallback locale are not automatically appended to custom endpoint requests. If you would like to add them you can use this helper function.
```ts
import { addLocalesToRequestFromData } from '@payloadcms/next/utilities'
import { addLocalesToRequestFromData } from 'payload'
// custom endpoint example
{

View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
---
title: Lexical Building Custom Features
title: Custom Features
label: Custom Features
order: 40
desc: Building custom lexical features
desc: Building custom features
keywords: lexical, rich text, editor, headless cms, feature, features
---

View File

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Just import the `migrateSlateToLexical` function we provide, pass it the `payloa
IMPORTANT: This will overwrite all slate data. We recommend doing the following first:
1. Take a backup of your entire database. If anything goes wrong and you do not have a backup, you are on your own and will not receive any support.
2. Make every richText field a lexical editor. This script will only convert lexical richText fields with old Slate data
2. Make every richText field a lexical editor. This script will only convert lexical richText fields with old Slate data.
3. Add the SlateToLexicalFeature (as seen below) first, and test it out by loading up the Admin Panel, to see if the migrator works as expected. You might have to build some custom converters for some fields first in order to convert custom Slate nodes. The SlateToLexicalFeature is where the converters are stored. Only fields with this feature added will be migrated.
4. If this works as expected, add the `disableHooks: true` prop everywhere you're initializing `SlateToLexicalFeature`. Example: `SlateToLexicalFeature({ disableHooks: true })`. Once you did that, you're ready to run the migration script.
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ If you have custom Slate nodes, create a custom converter for them. Here's the U
```ts
import type { SerializedUploadNode } from '../uploadNode'
import type { SlateNodeConverter } from '@payloadcms/richtext-lexical/migrate'
import type { SlateNodeConverter } from '@payloadcms/richtext-lexical'
export const SlateUploadConverter: SlateNodeConverter = {
converter({ slateNode }) {
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ export const SlateUploadConverter: SlateNodeConverter = {
It's pretty simple: You get a Slate node as input, and you return the lexical node. The `nodeTypes` array is used to determine which Slate nodes this converter can handle.
When using a migration script, you can add your custom converters to the `converters` property of the `convertSlateToLexical` props, as seen in the example above
When using a migration script, you can add your custom converters to the `converters` property of the `convertSlateToLexical` props, as seen in the example above.
When using the `SlateToLexicalFeature`, you can add your custom converters to the `converters` property of the `SlateToLexicalFeature` props:

View File

@@ -1,34 +1,30 @@
---
title: Rich Text Editor
description: The Payload editor, based on Lexical, allows for great customization with unparalleled ease.
keywords: lexical, rich text, editor, headless cms
label: Overview
order: 10
desc: The Payload editor, based on Lexical, allows for great customization with unparalleled ease.
keywords: lexical, rich text, editor, headless cms
title: Rich Text Editor
---
<Banner type="warning">
<Banner type="success">
The Payload editor is based on Lexical, Meta's rich text editor. The previous default editor was
based on Slate and is still supported. You can read [its documentation](/docs/rich-text/slate),
This documentation is about our new editor, based on Lexical (Meta's rich text editor). The previous default
editor was based on Slate and is still supported. You can read [its documentation](/docs/rich-text/slate),
or the optional [migration guide](/docs/rich-text/migration) to migrate from Slate to Lexical (recommended).
</Banner>
One of Payload's goals is to build the best rich text editor experience that we possibly can. We want to combine the beauty and polish of the Medium editing experience with the strength and features of the Notion editor - all in one place.
The editor is the most important property of the [rich text field](/docs/fields/rich-text).
Classically, we've used SlateJS to work toward this goal, but building custom elements into Slate has proven to be more difficult than we'd like, and we've been keeping our options open.
As a key part of Payload, we are proud to offer you the best editing experience you can imagine. With healthy
defaults out of the box, but also with the flexibility to customize every detail: from the “/” menu
and toolbars (whether inline or fixed) to inserting any component or subfield you can imagine.
Lexical is extremely impressive and trivializes a lot of the hard parts of building new elements into a rich text editor. It has a few distinct advantages over Slate, including the following:
1. A "/" menu, which allows editors to easily add new elements while never leaving their keyboard
1. A "hover" toolbar that pops up if you select text
1. It supports Payload blocks natively, directly within your rich text editor
1. Custom elements, called "features", are much easier to build in Lexical vs. Slate
To use the rich text editor, first you need to install it:
To use the Lexical editor, first you need to install it:
```
npm install @payloadcms/richtext-lexical
```bash
pnpm install @payloadcms/richtext-lexical
```
Once you have it installed, you can pass it to your top-level Payload Config as follows:
@@ -138,55 +134,53 @@ import { CallToAction } from '../blocks/CallToAction'
`features` can be both an array of features, or a function returning an array of features. The function provides the following props:
| Prop | Description |
|-----------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| **`defaultFeatures`** | This opinionated array contains all "recommended" default features. You can see which features are included in the default features in the table below. |
| **`rootFeatures`** | This array contains all features that are enabled in the root richText editor (the one defined in the payload.config.ts). If this field is the root richText editor, or if the root richText editor is not a lexical editor, this array will be empty. |
| Prop | Description |
| --- | --- |
| **`defaultFeatures`** | This opinionated array contains all "recommended" default features. You can see which features are included in the default features in the table below. |
| **`rootFeatures`** | This array contains all features that are enabled in the root richText editor (the one defined in the payload.config.ts). If this field is the root richText editor, or if the root richText editor is not a lexical editor, this array will be empty. |
## Features overview
Here's an overview of all the included features:
| Feature Name | Included by default | Description |
|---------------------------------|---------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| **`BoldTextFeature`** | Yes | Handles the bold text format |
| **`ItalicTextFeature`** | Yes | Handles the italic text format |
| **`UnderlineTextFeature`** | Yes | Handles the underline text format |
| **`StrikethroughTextFeature`** | Yes | Handles the strikethrough text format |
| **`SubscriptTextFeature`** | Yes | Handles the subscript text format |
| **`SuperscriptTextFeature`** | Yes | Handles the superscript text format |
| **`InlineCodeTextFeature`** | Yes | Handles the inline-code text format |
| **`ParagraphFeature`** | Yes | Handles paragraphs. Since they are already a key feature of lexical itself, this Feature mainly handles the Slash and Add-Block menu entries for paragraphs |
| **`HeadingFeature`** | Yes | Adds Heading Nodes (by default, H1 - H6, but that can be customized) |
| **`AlignFeature`** | Yes | Allows you to align text left, centered and right |
| **`IndentFeature`** | Yes | Allows you to indent text with the tab key |
| **`UnorderedListFeature`** | Yes | Adds unordered lists (ul) |
| **`OrderedListFeature`** | Yes | Adds ordered lists (ol) |
| **`CheckListFeature`** | Yes | Adds checklists |
| **`LinkFeature`** | Yes | Allows you to create internal and external links |
| **`RelationshipFeature`** | Yes | Allows you to create block-level (not inline) relationships to other documents |
| **`BlockQuoteFeature`** | Yes | Allows you to create block-level quotes |
| **`UploadFeature`** | Yes | Allows you to create block-level upload nodes - this supports all kinds of uploads, not just images |
| **`HorizontalRuleFeature`** | Yes | Horizontal rules / separators. Basically displays an `<hr>` element |
| **`InlineToolbarFeature`** | Yes | The inline toolbar is the floating toolbar which appears when you select text. This toolbar only contains actions relevant for selected text |
| **`FixedToolbarFeature`** | No | This classic toolbar is pinned to the top and always visible. Both inline and fixed toolbars can be enabled at the same time. |
| **`BlocksFeature`** | No | Allows you to use Payload's [Blocks Field](/docs/fields/blocks) directly inside your editor. In the feature props, you can specify the allowed blocks - just like in the Blocks field. |
| **`TreeViewFeature`** | No | Adds a debug box under the editor, which allows you to see the current editor state live, the dom, as well as time travel. Very useful for debugging |
| **`EXPERIMENTAL_TableFeature`** | No | Adds support for tables. This feature may be removed or receive breaking changes in the future - even within a stable lexical release, without needing a major release. |
| Feature Name | Included by default | Description |
| --- | --- | --- |
| **`BoldTextFeature`** | Yes | Handles the bold text format |
| **`ItalicTextFeature`** | Yes | Handles the italic text format |
| **`UnderlineTextFeature`** | Yes | Handles the underline text format |
| **`StrikethroughTextFeature`** | Yes | Handles the strikethrough text format |
| **`SubscriptTextFeature`** | Yes | Handles the subscript text format |
| **`SuperscriptTextFeature`** | Yes | Handles the superscript text format |
| **`InlineCodeTextFeature`** | Yes | Handles the inline-code text format |
| **`ParagraphFeature`** | Yes | Handles paragraphs. Since they are already a key feature of lexical itself, this Feature mainly handles the Slash and Add-Block menu entries for paragraphs |
| **`HeadingFeature`** | Yes | Adds Heading Nodes (by default, H1 - H6, but that can be customized) |
| **`AlignFeature`** | Yes | Allows you to align text left, centered and right |
| **`IndentFeature`** | Yes | Allows you to indent text with the tab key |
| **`UnorderedListFeature`** | Yes | Adds unordered lists (ul) |
| **`OrderedListFeature`** | Yes | Adds ordered lists (ol) |
| **`CheckListFeature`** | Yes | Adds checklists |
| **`LinkFeature`** | Yes | Allows you to create internal and external links |
| **`RelationshipFeature`** | Yes | Allows you to create block-level (not inline) relationships to other documents |
| **`BlockQuoteFeature`** | Yes | Allows you to create block-level quotes |
| **`UploadFeature`** | Yes | Allows you to create block-level upload nodes - this supports all kinds of uploads, not just images |
| **`HorizontalRuleFeature`** | Yes | Horizontal rules / separators. Basically displays an `<hr>` element |
| **`InlineToolbarFeature`** | Yes | The inline toolbar is the floating toolbar which appears when you select text. This toolbar only contains actions relevant for selected text |
| **`FixedToolbarFeature`** | No | This classic toolbar is pinned to the top and always visible. Both inline and fixed toolbars can be enabled at the same time. |
| **`BlocksFeature`** | No | Allows you to use Payload's [Blocks Field](../fields/blocks) directly inside your editor. In the feature props, you can specify the allowed blocks - just like in the Blocks field. |
| **`TreeViewFeature`** | No | Adds a debug box under the editor, which allows you to see the current editor state live, the dom, as well as time travel. Very useful for debugging |
| **`EXPERIMENTAL_TableFeature`** | No | Adds support for tables. This feature may be removed or receive breaking changes in the future - even within a stable lexical release, without needing a major release. |
Notice how even the toolbars are features? That's how extensible our lexical editor is - you could theoretically create your own toolbar if you wanted to!
## Creating your own, custom Feature
You can find more information about creating your own feature in our [building custom feature docs](/docs/rich-text/building-custom-features).
You can find more information about creating your own feature in our [building custom feature docs](../rich-text/building-custom-features).
## TypeScript
Every single piece of saved data is 100% fully-typed within lexical. It provides a type for every single node, which can be imported from `@payloadcms/richtext-lexical` - each type is prefixed with `Serialized`, e.g. `SerializedUploadNode`.
Every single piece of saved data is 100% fully typed within lexical. It provides a type for every single node, which can be imported from `@payloadcms/richtext-lexical` - each type is prefixed with `Serialized`, e.g., `SerializedUploadNode`.
In order to fully type the entire editor JSON, you can use our `TypedEditorState` helper type, which accepts a union of all possible node types as a generic. The reason we do not provide a type which already contains all possible node types is because the possible node types depend on which features you have enabled in your editor. Here is an example:
To fully type the entire editor JSON, you can use our `TypedEditorState` helper type, which accepts a union of all possible node types as a generic. We don't provide a type that already contains all possible node types because they depend on which features you have enabled in your editor. Here is an example:
```ts
import type {
@@ -289,24 +283,30 @@ const editorState: DefaultTypedEditorState = {
}
```
Just like `TypedEditorState`, the `DefaultTypedEditorState` also accepts an optional node type union as a generic. Here, this would **add** the specified node types to the default ones. Example: `DefaultTypedEditorState<SerializedBlockNode | YourCustomSerializedNode>`.
Just like `TypedEditorState`, the `DefaultTypedEditorState` also accepts an optional node type union as a generic. Here, this would **add** the specified node types to the default ones. Example:
This is a type-safe representation of the editor state. Looking at the auto-suggestions of `type` it will show you all the possible node types you can use.
```ts
DefaultTypedEditorState<SerializedBlockNode | YourCustomSerializedNode>
```
Make sure to only use types exported from `@payloadcms/richtext-lexical`, not from the lexical core packages. We only have control over types we export and can guarantee that those are correct, even though lexical core may export types with identical names.
This is a type-safe representation of the editor state. If you look at the auto suggestions of a node's `type` property, you will see all the possible node types you can use.
Make sure to only use types exported from `@payloadcms/richtext-lexical`, not from the lexical core packages. We only have control over the types we export and can make sure they're correct, even though the lexical core may export types with identical names.
### Automatic type generation
Lexical does not generate the accurate type definitions for your richText fields for you yet - this will be improved in the future. Currently, it only outputs the rough shape of the editor JSON which you can enhance using type assertions.
Lexical does not generate accurate type definitions for your richText fields for you yet - this will be improved in the future. Currently, it only outputs the rough shape of the editor JSON, which you can enhance using type assertions.
## Admin customization
The Rich Text Field editor configuration has an `admin` property with the following options:
| Property | Description |
| ------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`placeholder`** | Set this property to define a placeholder string for the field. |
| **`hideGutter`** | Set this property to `true` to hide this field's gutter within the Admin Panel. |
| Property | Description |
| --- | --- |
| **`placeholder`** | Set this property to define a placeholder string for the field. |
| **`hideGutter`** | Set this property to `true` to hide this field's gutter within the Admin Panel. |
| **`hideInsertParagraphAtEnd`** | Set this property to `true` to hide the "+" button that appears at the end of the editor |
### Disable the gutter
@@ -338,3 +338,4 @@ You can customize the placeholder (the text that appears in the editor when it's
},
}),
}
```

View File

@@ -6,9 +6,13 @@ desc: The Slate editor has been supported by Payload since beta. It's very power
keywords: slatejs, slate, rich text, editor, headless cms
---
The Slate editor has been supported by Payload since we released our initial beta. It's battle-tested and will continue to be supported into the future.
<Banner type="warning">
If you are migrating a Payload project from 1.x or earlier, you can continue to use the Slate editor as long as you'd like.
The [default Payload editor](/docs/rich-text/overview) is currently based on Lexical. This documentation
is about our old Slate-based editor. You can continue using it because it is still supported, or you can
see the optional [migration guide](/docs/rich-text/migration) to migrate from Slate to Lexical (recommended).
</Banner>
To use the Slate editor, first you need to install it:
@@ -127,7 +131,7 @@ Similar to the `relationship` element, the `upload` element is a user-friendly w
Collections are automatically allowed to be selected within the Rich Text relationship and upload
elements by default. If you want to disable a collection from being able to be referenced in Rich
Text fields, set the collection admin options of **enableRichTextLink** and{' '}
Text fields, set the collection admin options of **enableRichTextLink** and
**enableRichTextRelationship** to false.
</Banner>

View File

@@ -88,25 +88,27 @@ export const Media: CollectionConfig = {
_An asterisk denotes that an option is required._
| Option | Description |
| ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`adminThumbnail`** | Set the way that the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) will display thumbnails for this Collection. [More](#admin-thumbnails) |
| **`bulkUpload`** | Allow users to upload in bulk from the list view, default is true |
| **`crop`** | Set to `false` to disable the cropping tool in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview). Crop is enabled by default. [More](#crop-and-focal-point-selector) |
| **`disableLocalStorage`** | Completely disable uploading files to disk locally. [More](#disabling-local-upload-storage) |
| **`displayPreview`** | Enable displaying preview of the uploaded file in Upload fields related to this Collection. Can be locally overridden by `displayPreview` option in Upload field. [More](/docs/fields/upload#config-options). |
| **`externalFileHeaderFilter`** | Accepts existing headers and returns the headers after filtering or modifying. |
| **`filesRequiredOnCreate`** | Mandate file data on creation, default is true. |
| **`filenameCompoundIndex`** | Field slugs to use for a compound index instead of the default filename index. |
| **`focalPoint`** | Set to `false` to disable the focal point selection tool in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview). The focal point selector is only available when `imageSizes` or `resizeOptions` are defined. [More](#crop-and-focal-point-selector) |
| **`formatOptions`** | An object with `format` and `options` that are used with the Sharp image library to format the upload file. [More](https://sharp.pixelplumbing.com/api-output#toformat) |
| **`handlers`** | Array of Request handlers to execute when fetching a file, if a handler returns a Response it will be sent to the client. Otherwise Payload will retrieve and send back the file. |
| **`imageSizes`** | If specified, image uploads will be automatically resized in accordance to these image sizes. [More](#image-sizes) |
| **`mimeTypes`** | Restrict mimeTypes in the file picker. Array of valid mimetypes or mimetype wildcards [More](#mimetypes) |
| **`resizeOptions`** | An object passed to the the Sharp image library to resize the uploaded file. [More](https://sharp.pixelplumbing.com/api-resize) |
| **`staticDir`** | The folder directory to use to store media in. Can be either an absolute path or relative to the directory that contains your config. Defaults to your collection slug |
| **`trimOptions`** | An object passed to the the Sharp image library to trim the uploaded file. [More](https://sharp.pixelplumbing.com/api-resize#trim) |
| **`withMetadata`** | If specified, appends metadata to the output image file. Accepts a boolean or a function that receives `metadata` and `req`, returning a boolean. |
| Option | Description |
| ------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`adminThumbnail`** | Set the way that the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) will display thumbnails for this Collection. [More](#admin-thumbnails) |
| **`bulkUpload`** | Allow users to upload in bulk from the list view, default is true |
| **`cacheTags`** | Set to `false` to disable the cache tag set in the UI for the admin thumbnail component. Useful for when CDNs don't allow certain cache queries. |
| **`crop`** | Set to `false` to disable the cropping tool in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview). Crop is enabled by default. [More](#crop-and-focal-point-selector) |
| **`disableLocalStorage`** | Completely disable uploading files to disk locally. [More](#disabling-local-upload-storage) |
| **`displayPreview`** | Enable displaying preview of the uploaded file in Upload fields related to this Collection. Can be locally overridden by `displayPreview` option in Upload field. [More](/docs/fields/upload#config-options). |
| **`externalFileHeaderFilter`** | Accepts existing headers and returns the headers after filtering or modifying. |
| **`filesRequiredOnCreate`** | Mandate file data on creation, default is true. |
| **`filenameCompoundIndex`** | Field slugs to use for a compound index instead of the default filename index. |
| **`focalPoint`** | Set to `false` to disable the focal point selection tool in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview). The focal point selector is only available when `imageSizes` or `resizeOptions` are defined. [More](#crop-and-focal-point-selector) |
| **`formatOptions`** | An object with `format` and `options` that are used with the Sharp image library to format the upload file. [More](https://sharp.pixelplumbing.com/api-output#toformat) |
| **`handlers`** | Array of Request handlers to execute when fetching a file, if a handler returns a Response it will be sent to the client. Otherwise Payload will retrieve and send back the file. |
| **`imageSizes`** | If specified, image uploads will be automatically resized in accordance to these image sizes. [More](#image-sizes) |
| **`mimeTypes`** | Restrict mimeTypes in the file picker. Array of valid mimetypes or mimetype wildcards [More](#mimetypes) |
| **`pasteURL`** | Controls whether files can be uploaded from remote URLs by pasting them into the Upload field. **Enabled by default.** Accepts `false` to disable or an object with an `allowList` of valid remote URLs. [More](#uploading-files-from-remote-urls) |
| **`resizeOptions`** | An object passed to the the Sharp image library to resize the uploaded file. [More](https://sharp.pixelplumbing.com/api-resize) |
| **`staticDir`** | The folder directory to use to store media in. Can be either an absolute path or relative to the directory that contains your config. Defaults to your collection slug |
| **`trimOptions`** | An object passed to the the Sharp image library to trim the uploaded file. [More](https://sharp.pixelplumbing.com/api-resize#trim) |
| **`withMetadata`** | If specified, appends metadata to the output image file. Accepts a boolean or a function that receives `metadata` and `req`, returning a boolean. |
### Payload-wide Upload Options
@@ -326,6 +328,64 @@ fetch('api/:upload-slug', {
})
```
## Uploading Files from Remote URLs
The `pasteURL` option allows users to fetch files from remote URLs by pasting them into an Upload field. This option is **enabled by default** and can be configured to either **allow unrestricted client-side fetching** or **restrict server-side fetching** to specific trusted domains.
By default, Payload uses **client-side fetching**, where the browser downloads the file directly from the provided URL. However, **client-side fetching will fail if the URLs server has CORS restrictions**, making it suitable only for internal URLs or public URLs without CORS blocks.
To fetch files from **restricted URLs** that would otherwise be blocked by CORS, use **server-side fetching** by configuring the `pasteURL` option with an `allowList` of trusted domains. This method ensures that Payload downloads the file on the server and streams it to the browser. However, for security reasons, only URLs that match the specified `allowList` will be allowed.
#### Configuration Example
Heres how to configure the pasteURL option to control remote URL fetching:
```
import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
export const Media: CollectionConfig = {
slug: 'media',
upload: {
pasteURL: {
allowList: [
{
hostname: 'payloadcms.com', // required
pathname: '',
port: '',
protocol: 'https',
search: ''
},
{
hostname: 'example.com',
pathname: '/images/*',
},
],
},
},
}
```
##### Accepted Values for `pasteURL`
| Option | Description |
| --------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **`undefined`** | Default behavior. Enables client-side fetching for internal or public URLs. |
| **`false`** | Disables the ability to paste URLs into Upload fields. |
| **`allowList`** | Enables server-side fetching for specific trusted URLs. Requires an array of objects defining trusted domains. See the table below for details on `AllowItem`. |
##### `AllowItem` Properties
_An asterisk denotes that an option is required._
| Option | Description | Example |
| ---------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------- |
| **`hostname`** * | The hostname of the allowed URL. This is required to ensure the URL is coming from a trusted source. | `example.com` |
| **`pathname`** | The path portion of the URL. Supports wildcards to match multiple paths. | `/images/*` |
| **`port`** | The port number of the URL. If not specified, the default port for the protocol will be used. | `3000` |
| **`protocol`** | The protocol to match. Must be either `http` or `https`. Defaults to `https`. | `https` |
| **`search`** | The query string of the URL. If specified, the URL must match this exact query string. | `?version=1` |
## Access Control
All files that are uploaded to each Collection automatically support the `read` [Access Control](/docs/access-control/overview) function from the Collection itself. You can use this to control who should be allowed to see your uploads, and who should not.

View File

@@ -309,18 +309,18 @@ This plugin is configurable to work across many different Payload collections. A
| Option | Type | Description |
| ---------------- | ----------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| `collections` * | `Record<string, CollectionOptions>` | Object with keys set to the slug of collections you want to enable the plugin for, and values set to collection-specific options. |
| `collections` * | `Record<string, CollectionOptions>` | Object with keys set to the slug of collections you want to enable the plugin for, and values set to collection-specific options. |
| `enabled` | `boolean` | To conditionally enable/disable plugin. Default: `true`. |
## Collection-specific options
| Option | Type | Description |
| ----------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| `adapter` * | [Adapter](https://github.com/payloadcms/plugin-cloud-storage/blob/master/src/types.ts#L51) | Pass in the adapter that you'd like to use for this collection. You can also set this field to `null` for local development if you'd like to bypass cloud storage in certain scenarios and use local storage. |
| `disableLocalStorage` | `boolean` | Choose to disable local storage on this collection. Defaults to `true`. |
| `disablePayloadAccessControl` | `true` | Set to `true` to disable Payload's Access Control. [More](#payload-access-control) |
| `prefix` | `string` | Set to `media/images` to upload files inside `media/images` folder in the bucket. |
| `generateFileURL` | [GenerateFileURL](https://github.com/payloadcms/plugin-cloud-storage/blob/master/src/types.ts#L53) | Override the generated file URL with one that you create. |
| Option | Type | Description |
| ----------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| `adapter` * | [Adapter](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/packages/plugin-cloud-storage/src/types.ts#L49) | Pass in the adapter that you'd like to use for this collection. You can also set this field to `null` for local development if you'd like to bypass cloud storage in certain scenarios and use local storage. |
| `disableLocalStorage` | `boolean` | Choose to disable local storage on this collection. Defaults to `true`. |
| `disablePayloadAccessControl` | `true` | Set to `true` to disable Payload's Access Control. [More](#payload-access-control) |
| `prefix` | `string` | Set to `media/images` to upload files inside `media/images` folder in the bucket. |
| `generateFileURL` | [GenerateFileURL](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/packages/plugin-cloud-storage/src/types.ts#L67) | Override the generated file URL with one that you create. |
## Payload Access Control

View File

@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ When `autosave` is enabled, all `update` operations within Payload expose a new
If we created a new version for each autosave, you'd quickly find a ton of autosaves that clutter up your `_versions` collection within the database. That would be messy quick because `autosave` is typically set to save a document at ~800ms intervals.
<Banner type="success">
Instead of creating a new version each time a document is autosaved, Payload smartly only creates{' '}
Instead of creating a new version each time a document is autosaved, Payload smartly only creates
**one** autosave version, and then updates that specific version with each autosave
performed. This makes sure that your versions remain nice and tidy.
</Banner>

View File

@@ -123,12 +123,12 @@ export const Pages: CollectionConfig = {
**Note regarding adding versions to an existing collection**
If you already have a collection with documents, and you *opt in* to draft functionality
after you have already created existing documents, all of your old documents{' '}
*will not have a _status field* until you resave them. For this reason, if you are{' '}
after you have already created existing documents, all of your old documents
*will not have a `_status` field* until you resave them. For this reason, if you are
*adding* versions into an existing collection, you might want to write your Access Control
function to allow for users to read both documents where{' '}
**status is equal to "published"** as well as where{' '}
**status does not exis**.
function to allow for users to read both documents where
**`_status` is equal to `"published"`** as well as where
**`_status` does not exist**.
</Banner>
Here is an example for how to write an [Access Control](../access-control/overview) function that grants access to both documents where `_status` is equal to "published" and where `_status` does not exist:

View File

@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ export const defaultESLintIgnores = [
'**/temp/',
'**/*.spec.ts',
'next-env.d.ts',
'**/app',
]
/** @typedef {import('eslint').Linter.Config} Config */
@@ -68,6 +69,14 @@ export const rootEslintConfig = [
'perfectionist/sort-objects': 'off',
},
},
{
files: ['tools/**/*.ts'],
rules: {
'no-console': 'off',
'perfectionist/sort-object-types': 'off',
'perfectionist/sort-objects': 'off',
},
},
]
export default [

2
examples/astro/.gitignore vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
.pnpm-debug.log*
node_modules/

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
{
"recommendations": ["astro-build.astro-vscode"],
"unwantedRecommendations": []
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
{
"name": "remix-payload-monorepo",
"version": "1.0.0",
"description": "",
"keywords": [],
"license": "ISC",
"author": "",
"main": "index.js",
"scripts": {
"dev:payload": "cd payload && pnpm dev",
"dev:website": "cd website && pnpm dev",
"test": "echo \"Error: no test specified\" && exit 1"
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
DATABASE_URI=mongodb://127.0.0.1/payload-template-blank-3-0
PAYLOAD_SECRET=YOUR_SECRET_HERE

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
{
"singleQuote": true,
"trailingComma": "all",
"printWidth": 100,
"semi": false
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
# From https://github.com/vercel/next.js/blob/canary/examples/with-docker/Dockerfile
FROM node:18-alpine AS base
# Install dependencies only when needed
FROM base AS deps
# Check https://github.com/nodejs/docker-node/tree/b4117f9333da4138b03a546ec926ef50a31506c3#nodealpine to understand why libc6-compat might be needed.
RUN apk add --no-cache libc6-compat
WORKDIR /app
# Install dependencies based on the preferred package manager
COPY package.json yarn.lock* package-lock.json* pnpm-lock.yaml* ./
RUN \
if [ -f yarn.lock ]; then yarn --frozen-lockfile; \
elif [ -f package-lock.json ]; then npm ci; \
elif [ -f pnpm-lock.yaml ]; then corepack enable pnpm && pnpm i --frozen-lockfile; \
else echo "Lockfile not found." && exit 1; \
fi
# Rebuild the source code only when needed
FROM base AS builder
WORKDIR /app
COPY --from=deps /app/node_modules ./node_modules
COPY . .
# Next.js collects completely anonymous telemetry data about general usage.
# Learn more here: https://nextjs.org/telemetry
# Uncomment the following line in case you want to disable telemetry during the build.
# ENV NEXT_TELEMETRY_DISABLED 1
RUN \
if [ -f yarn.lock ]; then yarn run build; \
elif [ -f package-lock.json ]; then npm run build; \
elif [ -f pnpm-lock.yaml ]; then corepack enable pnpm && pnpm run build; \
else echo "Lockfile not found." && exit 1; \
fi
# Production image, copy all the files and run next
FROM base AS runner
WORKDIR /app
ENV NODE_ENV production
# Uncomment the following line in case you want to disable telemetry during runtime.
# ENV NEXT_TELEMETRY_DISABLED 1
RUN addgroup --system --gid 1001 nodejs
RUN adduser --system --uid 1001 nextjs
# Remove this line if you do not have this folder
COPY --from=builder /app/public ./public
# Set the correct permission for prerender cache
RUN mkdir .next
RUN chown nextjs:nodejs .next
# Automatically leverage output traces to reduce image size
# https://nextjs.org/docs/advanced-features/output-file-tracing
COPY --from=builder --chown=nextjs:nodejs /app/.next/standalone ./
COPY --from=builder --chown=nextjs:nodejs /app/.next/static ./.next/static
USER nextjs
EXPOSE 3000
ENV PORT 3000
# server.js is created by next build from the standalone output
# https://nextjs.org/docs/pages/api-reference/next-config-js/output
CMD HOSTNAME="0.0.0.0" node server.js

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
# blank
blank
## Attributes
- **Database**: mongodb
- **Storage Adapter**: localDisk

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More